From 07ad976e17dafefba35272e3d94ee8553da1bb82 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ivan Mincik Date: Mon, 3 Jun 2013 15:53:44 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] First batch of Slovak translation for version 2.0. - translation - merge with 4b76600 (adding function_help, context_help) --- doc/TRANSLATORS | 2 +- i18n/qgis_sk.ts | 9638 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------- scripts/tsstat.pl | 2 +- 3 files changed, 6190 insertions(+), 3452 deletions(-) diff --git a/doc/TRANSLATORS b/doc/TRANSLATORS index 84052e15832..11544dc0ba3 100755 --- a/doc/TRANSLATORS +++ b/doc/TRANSLATORS @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ Ukrainian
42.6
Сергей Якунин Turkish
40.1
Osman Yilmaz Chinese (Taiwan, Province of China)
36.5
Nung-yao Lin +Slovak
34.3
Lubos Balazovic, Jana Kormanikova, Ivan Mincik Vietnamese
34.1
Bùi Hữu Mạnh Greek, Modern (1453-) (Greece)
32.7
Evripidis Argyropoulos, Mike Pegnigiannis, Nikos Ves Icelandic
30.4
Thordur Ivarsson @@ -39,7 +40,6 @@ Georgian (Georgia)
20.6
Shota Murtskhvaladze, George Machitidze Finnish
20.2
Marko Järvenpää Bulgarian
17.4
Захари Савов, Jordan Tzvetkov -Slovak
17.4
Lubos Balazovic Albanian (Albania)
15.9
Lao
14.2
Anousak Souphavanh, Soukanh Lathsavong Lithuanian
13.1
Kestas M diff --git a/i18n/qgis_sk.ts b/i18n/qgis_sk.ts index 79115fa5ccb..4f235e853d5 100644 --- a/i18n/qgis_sk.ts +++ b/i18n/qgis_sk.ts @@ -13,16 +13,16 @@ ConfigDialog Search... - + Vyhľadať... Wrong value - + Nesprávna hodnota Wrong parameter value: %1 - + Nesprávna hodnota parametru:%1 @@ -31,38 +31,38 @@ Coordinate Capture - Získavanie súradníc + Získavanie súradníc Click on the map to view coordinates and capture to clipboard. - Kliknutím na do mapy sa zobrazia súradnice a zároveň budú skopírované do schránky. + Kliknutím na mapu sa zobrazia súradnice a zaznamenajú sa do schránky. &Coordinate Capture - &Získanie súradníc + &Získavanie súradníc Coordinate in your selected CRS (lat,lon or east,north) - + Súradnica vo Vami vybranom súradnicovom systéme (širka, dĺžka alebo východ, sever) Coordinate in map canvas coordinate reference system (lat,lon or east,north) - + Súradnica v mapovom okne súradnicového referenčného systému (šírka, dĺžka alebo východ, sever) Copy to clipboard - Kopírovať do schránky + Kopírovať do schránky Click to select the CRS to use for coordinate display - Kliknutím vyberiete súradnicový systém používaný pre zobrazenie súradníc + Kliknutím sa vyberie súradnicový systém, ktorý sa použije na zobrazenie súradníc Coordinate in your selected CRS @@ -75,17 +75,17 @@ Click to enable mouse tracking. Click the canvas to stop - Kliknutím sa zapne sledovanie myši. Kliknutím na plátno bude sledovanie vypnuté + Kliknutím sa zapne sledovanie myši. Kliknutím na mapové okno bude sledovanie vypnuté Start capture - + Spustiť získavanie Click to enable coordinate capture - + Kliknutím sa zapne získavanie súradníc @@ -93,27 +93,27 @@ Add geometry column - + Pridať stĺpec s geometriou Name - + Názov Type - Typ + Typ Dimensions - + Rozmery SRID - + ID súr. systému @@ -121,22 +121,22 @@ Add constraint - + Pridať obmedzenie Column - Stĺpec + Stĺpec Primary key - + Primárny kľúč Unique - + Jedinečný kľúč @@ -144,17 +144,17 @@ Create index - + Vytvoriť index Column - Stĺpec + Stĺpec Name - + Názov @@ -162,63 +162,63 @@ Create Table - + Vytvoriť tabuľku Schema - Schéma + Schéma Name - + Názov Add field - + Pridať pole Delete field - + Odstrániť pole Up - + Nahor Down - + Nadol Primary key - + Primárny kľúč Create geometry column - + Vytvoriť stĺpec s geometriou Dimensions - + Rozmery SRID - + ID súr. systému Create spatial index - + Vytvoriť priestorový index @@ -226,22 +226,22 @@ Database Error - Chyba databázy + Chyba databázy An error occured: - + Vyskytla sa chyba: An error occured when executing a query: - + Vyskytla sa chyba pri realizácii dopytu: Query: - + Dopyt: @@ -249,57 +249,57 @@ Export to vector file - + Exportovať do vektorového súboru Output file - + Výstupný súbor ... - ... + ... Action - Akcia + Akcia Create new file - + Vytvoriť nový súbor Drop existing one - + Vynechať existujúci Append data to file - + Pripojiť dáta k súboru Options - + Možnosti Source SRID - + ID zdrojového súr. systému Target SRID - + ID cieľového súr. systému Encoding - + Kódovanie @@ -307,32 +307,32 @@ Field properties - + Vlastnosti poľa Name - + Názov Type - Typ + Typ Can be NULL - + Povoliť (hodnotu) NULL Default value - + Predvolená hodnota Length - Dĺžka + Dĺžka @@ -340,97 +340,97 @@ Import vector layer - + Importovať vektorovú vrstvu Input - Vstup + Vstup ... - ... + ... Update options - + Aktualizovať možnosti Output table - + Výstupná tabuľka Schema - Schéma + Schéma Table - Tabuľka + Tabuľka Action - Akcia + Akcia Create new table - + Vytvoriť novú tabuľku Drop existing one - + Vynechať existujúcu Append data to table - + Pripojiť dáta do tabuľky Options - + Možnosti Primary key - + Primárny kľúč Geometry column - Stĺpec s geometriou + Stĺpec s geometriou Source SRID - + ID zdroj. súr. systému Target SRID - + ID cieľového súr. systému Encoding - + Kódovanie Create single-part geometries instead of multi-part - + Jednoduché geometrie namiesto zložených Create spatial index - + Vytvoriť priestorový index @@ -438,99 +438,99 @@ SQL window - + Okno SQL dopytov SQL query: - + SQL dopyt: Store - + Uložiť Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť &Execute (F5) - + &Vykonať (F5) F5 - F5 + F5 &Clear - + &Vyčistiť Result: - + Výsledok: Load as new layer - + Načítať ako novú vrstvu Column with unique integer values - + Stĺpec s jedinečnými hodnotami integer Geometry column - Stĺpec s geometriou + Stĺpec s geometriou Retrieve columns - + Obnoviť stĺpce Layer name (prefix) - + Názov vrstvy (prefix) Type - Typ + Typ Vector - + Vektor Raster - + Raster Load now! - + Načítať teraz! <html><head/><body><p>Avoid selecting feature by id. Sometimes - especially when running expensive queries/views - fetching the data sequentially instead of fetching features by id can be much quicker.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Pri spustení zložitých dopytov/pohľadov môže byť sekvenčné načitávanie objektov oveľa rýchlejšie ako načitávanie podľa id.</p></body></html> Avoid selecting by feature id - + Zabrániť výberu podľa id objektu @@ -538,82 +538,82 @@ columns Table properties - + Vlastnosti tabuľky Columns - Stĺpcov + Stĺpce Table columns: - + Stĺpce tabuľky: Add column - + Pridať stĺpec Add geometry column - + Pridať stĺpec s geometriou Edit column - + Upraviť stĺpec Delete column - Vymazať stĺpec + Odstrániť stĺpec Constraints - + Obmedzenia Primary, foreign keys, unique and check constraints: - + Primárne, cudzie, jedinečné kľúče a kontrola obmedzení: Add primary key / unique - + Pridať primárny kľúč / jedinečný kľúč Delete constraint - + Odstrániť obmedzenie Indexes - + Indexy Indexes defined for this table: - + Indexy definované pre túto tabuľku: Add index - + Pridať index Add spatial index - + Pridať priestorový index Delete index - + Odstrániť index @@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ were reduced to %2 vertices after simplification Value - Hodnota + @@ -2138,12 +2138,12 @@ geometry column - column with unique integer values Schema - Schéma + Table - Tabuľka + @@ -2452,17 +2452,17 @@ Plugin will not be enabled. About Gdal Tools - + O nástrojoch GDAL GDAL Tools - + Nástroje GDAL Version x.x-xxxxxx - + Verzia x.x-xxxxxx @@ -2476,71 +2476,73 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Web - + Web Close - Zatvoriť + Zatvoriť GdalToolsBaseBatchWidget Finished - + Ukončené Operation completed. - + Operácia ukončená. Warning - Upozornenie + Upozornenie The following files were not created: %1 - + Nasledujúce súbory neboli vytvorené: +%1 GdalToolsBaseDialog Warning - Upozornenie + Upozornenie The command is still running. Do you want terminate it anyway? - + Príkaz stále beží. +Prajete si ho akokoľvek ukončiť? Invalid parameters. - + Neplatné parametre. GdalToolsBasePluginWidget Warning - Upozornenie + Upozornenie No output file created. - + Nevytvorený žiadny výstupný súbor. Finished - + Ukončené Processing completed. - + Spracovávanie dokončené. %1 not created. - + %1 nevytvorené. @@ -2827,23 +2829,23 @@ Disable the "Use intersected extent" option to have a nonempty output. x - + y - + y 2 - 2 + 2 1 - 1 + 1 @@ -2856,7 +2858,7 @@ Disable the "Use intersected extent" option to have a nonempty output. Select... - + Vybrať... @@ -2864,22 +2866,22 @@ Disable the "Use intersected extent" option to have a nonempty output. Name - + Názov Value - Hodnota + Hodnota Add - Pridať + Pridať Remove - Odobrať + Odobrať @@ -4594,14 +4596,14 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati HelpEditionDialog Outputs - + Výstupy HistoryDialog Clear - Vyčistiť + Vyčistiť Clear history and log @@ -4617,7 +4619,7 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati Dialog - Dialógové okno + Dialógové okno @@ -4630,17 +4632,17 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati Form - + Formulár Symbol layer type - + Typ symbolu vrstvy This layer doesn't have any editable properties - + Táto vrstva nemá žiadne editovateľné vlastnosti @@ -4652,7 +4654,7 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati &Edit - &Úpraviť + &Úpravy &File @@ -4665,132 +4667,132 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati Print Composers - + Tlačové výstupy &View - Pohľa&d + Pohľa&d Select - + Vybrať objekty Measure - Vzdialenosť + Merať &Layer - &Vrstva + &Vrstva New - + Nová &Settings - &Nastavenia + &Nastavenia &Plugins - Zásuvné &moduly + Zásuvné &moduly &Decorations - &Doplnky + &Mapové prvky &Raster - + &Raster &Help - &Pomocník + &Pomocník Vect&or - + Vekt&or &OpenStreetMap - + &OpenStreetMap File - Súbor + Súbor Manage Layers - Správa vrstiev + Správa vrstiev Digitizing - Digitalizácia + Digitalizácia Advanced Digitizing - + Pokročilá digitalizácia Map Navigation - Navigácia na mape + Navigácia v mape Attributes - Atribúty + Atribúty Plugins - Zásuvné moduly + Zásuvné moduly Help - Pomocník + Pomocník Raster - + Raster Label - Popis + Popisok Vector - + Vektor Database - Databáza + Databáza Web - + Web &New Project @@ -4799,7 +4801,7 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati Ctrl+N - Ctrl+N + Ctrl+N &Open Project... @@ -4808,7 +4810,7 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati Ctrl+O - Ctrl+O + Ctrl+O &Save Project @@ -4817,7 +4819,7 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati Ctrl+S - Ctrl+S + Ctrl+S Save Project &As... @@ -4826,43 +4828,43 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati Ctrl+Shift+S - + Ctrl+Shift+S Save as Image... - Uložiť ako obrázok... + Uložiť ako obrázok... &New Print Composer - + &Nový tlačový výstup Ctrl+P - Ctrl+P + Ctrl+P Embed Layers and Groups... - + Vložiť vrstvy a skupiny z iného projektu... Run Feature Action - + Spustiť akciu objektu Touch zoom and pan - + Zmena mierky a posun Offset Curve - + Odsadenie krivky Exit @@ -4871,57 +4873,57 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati Ctrl+Q - Ctrl+Q + Ctrl+Q &Undo - &Vrátiť späť + &Krok späť Ctrl+Z - Ctrl+Z + Ctrl+Z &Redo - + &Krok vpred Ctrl+Shift+Z - + Ctrl+Shift+Z Cut Features - Vystrihnúť objekty + Vystrihnúť objekty Ctrl+X - Ctrl+X + Ctrl+X Copy Features - Kopírovať objekty + Kopírovať objekty Ctrl+C - Ctrl+C + Ctrl+C Paste Features - Vložiť objekty + Vložiť objekty Ctrl+V - Ctrl+V + Ctrl+V Capture Point @@ -4930,7 +4932,7 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati Ctrl+. - + Ctrl+. Capture Line @@ -4951,319 +4953,320 @@ Input CRS error: One or more input layers missing coordinate reference informati Move Feature(s) - + Presunúť objekt(y) Reshape Features - + Zmeniť tvar objektu Split Features - Rozdeliť objekty + Rozdeliť objekty Delete Selected - Zmazať vybrané + Odstrániť vybrané Add Ring - Pridať prstenec + Pridať dieru Add Part - + Pridať časť Simplify Feature - + Zjednodušiť objekt Delete Ring - + Odstrániť dieru Delete Part - + Odstrániť časť Node Tool - + Editácia uzlov Rotate Point Symbols - + Otočiť bodové symboly Snapping Options... - + Možnosti prichytávania... Pan Map - Posun mapy + Presunúť mapu Zoom In - Priblížiť + Priblížiť Ctrl++ - Ctrl++ + Ctrl++ Zoom Out - Oddialiť + Oddialiť Ctrl+- - Ctrl+- + Ctrl+- Identify Features - Identifikovať objekty + Identifikovať objekty Ctrl+Shift+I - + Ctrl+Shift+I Measure Line - + Merať líniu Ctrl+Shift+M - + Ctrl+Shift+M Measure Area - Meranie rozlohy + Merať plochu Ctrl+Shift+J - + Ctrl+Shift+J Measure Angle - + Merať uhol Zoom Full - Celá mapa + Priblížiť na rozmery okna Ctrl+Shift+F - + Ctrl+Shift+F Zoom to Layer - Zmení pohľad na veľkosť vrstvy + Priblížiť na vrstvu Zoom to Selection - Na veľkosť výberu + Priblížiť na výber Ctrl+J - Ctrl+J + Ctrl+J Zoom Last - Predchádzajúci pohľad + Zobraziť predchádzajúci pohľad Zoom Next - + Zobraziť nasledujúci pohľad Zoom Actual Size - Priblížiť na aktuálnu veľkosť + Priblížiť na aktuálnu veľkosť Zoom to Native Pixel Resolution - + Priblížiť na rozlíšenie vrstvy Map Tips - Mapové tipy + Mapové tipy Show information about a feature when the mouse is hovered over it - Ukáže informáciu o objekte pri prechádzaní myšou ponad objekt + Zobraziť informáciu o objekte pri prechádzaní myšou ponad objekt New Bookmark... - Nová záložka... + Nová záložka... Ctrl+B - Ctrl+B + Ctrl+B Show Bookmarks - Ukázať záložky + Ukázať záložky Ctrl+Shift+B - + Ctrl+Shift+B Refresh - Obnoviť + Obnoviť Ctrl+R - Ctrl+R + Ctrl+R Text Annotation - + Textová anotácia Move Annotation - + Presunúť anotáciu Labeling - + Popisky Layer Labeling Options - + Možnosti popiskov vrstvy New Shapefile Layer... - + Nová vrstva Shapefile... Ctrl+Shift+N - + Ctrl+Shift+N New SpatiaLite Layer ... - + Nová vrstva SpatiaLite... Ctrl+Shift+A - + Ctrl+Shift+A Raster calculator ... - + Rastrová kalkulačka... Add Vector Layer... - Pridať vektorovú vrstvu... + Pridať vektorovú vrstvu... Ctrl+Shift+V - + Ctrl+Shift+V Add Raster Layer... - Pridať rastrovú vrstvu... + Pridať rastrovú vrstvu... Ctrl+Shift+R - + Ctrl+Shift+R Add Oracle Spatial Layer... - + Pridať vrstvu Oracle Spatial... Save for Selected Layer(s) - + Uložiť zmeny vo vybraných vrstvách Rotate Label Ctl (Cmd) increments by 15 deg. - + Otočiť popisok +Ctl (Cmd) spôsobí nárast o 15 stupňov. Copy style - + Kopírovať štýl vrstvy Paste style - + Vložiť štýl vrstvy Add WCS Layer... - + Pridať vrstvu WCS... &Grid - + &Mriežka Grid - + Mriežka Pin/Unpin Labels - + Pripnúť/Odopnúť popisky @@ -5271,44 +5274,47 @@ Ctl (Cmd) increments by 15 deg. Click or marquee on label to pin Shift unpins, Ctl (Cmd) toggles state Acts on all editable layers - + Pripnúť/Odopnúť popisky +Kliknúť alebo určiť popisok na pripnutie +Shift odopne, Ctl (Cmd) prepne stav +Platí na všetky editovateľné vrstvy Highlight Pinned Labels - + Zvýrazniť pripnuté popisky New Blank Project - + Nový projekt Local Cumulative Cut Stretch - + Lokálny Cumulative Cut Stretch Local cumulative cut stretch using current extent, default limits and estimated values. - + Lokálny Cumulative Cut Stretch s použitím aktuálneho rozsahu, predvolených limitov a odhadovaných hodnôt. Full Dataset Cumulative Cut Stretch - + Cumulative Cut Stretch v rozsahu celej dátovej sady Cumulative cut stretch using full dataset extent, default limits and estimated values. - + Cumulative cut stretch s použitím rozsahu celej dátovej sady, predvolených limitov a odhadovaných hodnôt. Show/Hide Labels - + Ukázať/Skryť popisky @@ -5316,138 +5322,141 @@ Acts on all editable layers Click or marquee on feature to show label Shift+click or marquee on label to hide it Acts on currently active editable layer - + Ukázať/Skryť popisky +Kliknutie alebo určenie objektu zobrazí popisok +Shift+kliknutie alebo určenie popisok skryje +Platí na práve aktívne editovateľné vrstvy Html Annotation - + Anotácia HTML Duplicate Layer(s) - + Duplikovať vrstvu(y) SVG annotation - + Anotácia SVG Save for All Layers - + Uložiť zmeny vo všetkých vrstvách Rollback for All Layers - + Vrátiť zmeny vo všetkých vrstvách Cancel for All Layers - + Zrušiť zmeny vo všetkých vrstvách Rollback for Selected Layer(s) - + Vrátiť zmeny vo vybraných vrstvách Current Edits - + Súčasné úpravy Cancel for Selected Layer(s) - + Zrušiť zmeny vo vybraných vrstvách Save Layer Edits - + Uložiť úpravy vrstvy Rotate Feature(s) - + Otočiť objekt(y) &Download data - + &Stiahnuť dáta &Import topology from XML - + &Importovať topológiu z XML &Export topology to SpatiaLite - + &Exportovať topológiu do SpatiaLite Increase brightness - + Zvýšiť jas Decrease brightness - + Znížiť jas Increase contrast - + Zvýšiť kontrast Decrease contrast - + Znížiť kontrast Select By Expression - + Výber objektov podľa výrazu Select features using an expression - + Výber objektov použitím výrazu Need Support? - + Potrebujete podporu? Open Field Calculator - + Otvoriť atribútovú kalkulačku Add Delimited Text Layer... - + Pridať vrstvu z textového súboru... Add Delimited Text Layer - Pridanie vrstvy z oddeleného textu + Pridať vrstvu z textového súboru Add PostGIS Layer... @@ -5456,32 +5465,32 @@ Acts on currently active editable layer Ctrl+Shift+D - + Ctrl+Shift+D Add SpatiaLite Layer... - + Pridať vrstvu SpatiaLite... Ctrl+Shift+L - + Ctrl+Shift+L Add WMS Layer... - Pridať vrstvu WMS... + Pridať vrstvu WMS... Ctrl+Shift+W - + Ctrl+Shift+W Open Attribute Table - Otvoriť tabuľku atribútov + Otvoriť atribútovú tabuľku Toggle editing @@ -5490,57 +5499,57 @@ Acts on currently active editable layer Toggles the editing state of the current layer - Prepne na editáciu aktuálnej vrstvy + Prepne na editáciu aktuálnej vrstvy Save edits to current layer, but continue editing - + Uložiť úpravy do aktuálnej vrstvy, ale pokračovať v úpravách Remove Layer(s) - + Odobrať vrstvu(y) Ctrl+D - Ctrl+D + Ctrl+D Set CRS of Layer(s) - + Nastaviť súradnicový systém vrstvy (vrstiev) Ctrl+Shift+C - + Ctrl+Shift+C Remove All from Overview - + Odobrať všetko z prehľadu Style Manager... - + Správca štýlov... Stretch Histogram to Full Dataset - + Natiahnuť histogram na celú dátovú sadu Customization... - + Prispôsobenie... mActionCatchForCustomization - + mActionCatchForCustomization @@ -5550,215 +5559,215 @@ Acts on currently active editable layer Ctrl+M - Ctrl+M + Ctrl+M Embed layers and groups from other project files - + Vložiť vrstvy a skupiny z iného projektu &Copyright Label - &Označenie autorských práv + &Autorské práva Creates a copyright label that is displayed on the map canvas. - Vytvorí označenie autorských práv zobrazujúce sa na mapovom plátne. + Vytvorí autorské práva, ktoré sa zobrazia v mapovom okne. &North Arrow - &Smerová ružica + &Smerová ružica "Creates a north arrow that is displayed on the map canvas" - + Vytvorí smerovú ružicu a zobrazí ju v mapovom okne &Scale Bar - &Grafická mierka + &Grafická mierka Creates a scale bar that is displayed on the map canvas - Vytvorí grafickú mierku zobrazovanú na mapovom plátne + Vytvorí grafickú mierku, ktorá sa zobrazí v mapovom okne Add WFS Layer... - + Pridať vrstvu WFS... Add WFS Layer - + Pridať vrstvu WFS Feature Action - + Akcia objektu Pan Map to Selection - + Presunúť mapu na vybrané objekty Properties... - Vlastnosti... + Vlastnosti... P&roject - + P&rojekt &Open Recent - + &Otvoriť nedávno otvorené New From Template - + Nový zo šablóny &New - &Nové + &Nový &Open... - + &Otvoriť... &Save - + &Uložiť Save &As... - + Uložiť &ako... Composer Manager... - + Správca tlačových výstupov... Exit QGIS - Ukončiť QGIS + Ukončiť QGIS Add Feature - + Pridať objekt Merge Selected Features - + Spojiť vybrané objekty Merge Attributes of Selected Features - + Spojiť atribúty vybraných objektov Select Single Feature - + Výber jediného objektu Select Features by Rectangle - + Výber objektov obdĺžníkom Select Features by Polygon - + Výber objektov polygónom Select Features by Freehand - + Výber objektov voľnou rukou Select Features by Radius - + Výber objektov kružnicou Deselect Features from All Layers - + Zrušiť označenie objektov vo všetkých vrstvách Form Annotation - + Anotácia formulárom Add PostGIS Layers... - + Pridať vrstvu PostGIS... Add MSSQL Spatial Layer... - + Pridať vrstvu MSSQL Spatial... Toggle Editing - + Povoliť/Zakázať úpravy Save As... - Uložiť ako... + Uložiť ako... Save Selection as Vector File... - + Uložiť výber ako vektorový súbor... Set Project CRS from Layer - + Nastaviť súradnicový systém projektu podľa vrstvy Query... - + Dopytovanie... Add to Overview - Pridať do Prehľadu + Pridať do prehľadu Ctrl+Shift+O - + Ctrl+Shift+O Add All to Overview - Všetko pridať do Prehľadu + Pridať všetko do prehľadu Remove All From Overview @@ -5767,143 +5776,143 @@ Acts on currently active editable layer Show All Layers - Ukázať všetky vrstvy + Ukázať všetky vrstvy Ctrl+Shift+U - + Ctrl+Shift+U Hide All Layers - Skryť všetky vrstvy + Skryť všetky vrstvy Ctrl+Shift+H - + Ctrl+Shift+H Manage Plugins... - Správa zásuvných modulov... + Správa zásuvných modulov... Toggle Full Screen Mode - Prepnúť do celoobrazovkového režimu + Prepnúť do celoobrazovkového režimu Ctrl+F - + Ctrl+F Project Properties... - Vlastnosti projektu... + Vlastnosti projektu... Ctrl+Shift+P - + Ctrl+Shift+P Options... - Vlastnosti... + Možnosti... Custom CRS... - Vlastný CRS... + Vlastný súradnicový systém... Configure shortcuts... - + Konfigurácia klávesových skratiek... Local Histogram Stretch - + Natiahnutie lokálneho histogramu Stretch histogram of active raster to view extents - + Natiahnuť histogram aktívneho rastra do zobrazenia rozsahu Help Contents - Obsah Pomocníka + Obsah pomocníka F1 - F1 + F1 API documentation - + Dokumentácia k API QGIS Home Page - Domovská stránka QGIS + Domovská stránka QGISu Ctrl+H - Ctrl+H + Ctrl+H Check QGIS Version - + Skontrolovať verziu QGISu Check if your QGIS version is up to date (requires internet access) - Skontroluje, či je vaša verzia QGIS aktuálna (to vyžaduje prístup k internetu) + Skontroluje, či je Vaša verzia QGISu aktuálna (vyžaduje prístup k internetu) About - O programe + O programe QGIS Sponsors - + Sponzori QGISu Move Label - + Presunúť popisok Rotate Label - + Otočiť popisok Change Label - + Zmeniť popisok Python Console - Konzola Pythonu + Konzola jazyka Pythonu Full histogram stretch - + Natiahnutie celého histogramu @@ -5914,7 +5923,7 @@ Acts on currently active editable layer Run - Spustiť + Execute current model @@ -5922,7 +5931,7 @@ Acts on currently active editable layer Open - Otvoriť + Open existing model @@ -5930,7 +5939,7 @@ Acts on currently active editable layer Save - Uložiť + Save current model @@ -5958,7 +5967,7 @@ Acts on currently active editable layer Warning - Upozornenie + Please enter group and model names before saving @@ -6014,7 +6023,7 @@ Wrong line: %1 Parameters - Parametre + @@ -6080,37 +6089,37 @@ Wrong line: %1 Create Oracle Connection - + Vytvoriť pripojenie Oracle Name - + Názov Database instance - + Inštancia databázy Username - Meno používateľa + Meno používateľa Password - Heslo + Heslo Name of the new connection - Meno nového spojenia + Názov nového pripojenia Save Password - Uložiť heslo + Uložiť heslo @@ -6260,19 +6269,19 @@ Wrong line: %1 Python version: - Verzia Pythonu: - - - QGIS version: + + QGIS version: + Verzia QGISu: + Python path: - Cesta k Pythonu: + Python error - Chyba Pythonu + Couldn't load plugin '%1' from ['%2'] @@ -6644,12 +6653,12 @@ Wrong line: %1 meters - + metre feet - + stopy @@ -6657,12 +6666,12 @@ Wrong line: %1 degrees - + stupne <unknown> - + <neznáme> @@ -7936,8 +7945,6 @@ Error(%2): %3 number of duplicate nodes - - @@ -9651,7 +9658,7 @@ SQL: %1 No query - + Bez dopytovania @@ -10579,7 +10586,7 @@ SQL: %1 Overview - Prehľad + Prehľad You are using QGIS version %1 built against code revision %2. @@ -10776,7 +10783,7 @@ Prosím kontaktujte vývojárov. Ctrl+M Minimize Window - Ctrl+M + Ctrl+M @@ -10958,8 +10965,6 @@ Always ignore these errors? number of errors - - @@ -11338,7 +11343,7 @@ Error: %1 copy - + kopírovať @@ -11476,12 +11481,12 @@ Errors: %3 cancel - + zrušiť Save - Uložiť + Uložiť @@ -11513,7 +11518,7 @@ Errors: %3 copy - + kopírovať @@ -11604,8 +11609,6 @@ Errors: %3 number of selected features - - @@ -11787,8 +11790,6 @@ Errors: %2 number of features to delete - - @@ -11809,7 +11810,7 @@ Errors: %2 Attributes changed - + Atribúty zmenené @@ -11821,18 +11822,18 @@ Errors: %2 Contributors - + Prispievatelia about:blank - + o:prázdne Donors - + Darcovia @@ -11846,17 +11847,17 @@ Errors: %2 What's New - Čo je nového + Čo je nové http://www.gnu.org/licenses - http://www.gnu.org/licenses + http://www.gnu.org/licenses About QGIS - O programe QGIS + O programe QGIS @@ -11864,22 +11865,25 @@ Errors: %2 p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">QGIS</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:16px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:x-large; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-size:x-large;">QGIS</span></p></body></html> QGIS is licensed under the GNU General Public License - + QGIS je licencovaný v rámci Všeobecnej verejnej licencie GNU QGIS Home Page - Domovská stránka QGIS + Domovská stránka QGISu Providers - Prístup k údajom + Zdroje @@ -11905,27 +11909,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <p>For a list of individuals and institutions who have contributed money to fund QGIS development and other project costs see <a href="http://qgis.org/en/sponsorship/donors.html">http://qgis.org/en/sponsorship/donors.html</a></p> - + <p>Zoznam jednotlivcov a inštitúcií, ktorí finančne prispeli do fondu rozvoja QGISu a na iné náklady projektu pozri <a href="http://qgis.org/en/sponsorship/donors.html">http://qgis.org/en/sponsorship/donors.html</a></p> Available QGIS Data Provider Plugins - Dostupné zásuvné moduly QGISu na spracovnie údajov + Dostupné zásuvné moduly zdroja dát QGISu Available Qt Database Plugins - Dostupné zásuvné moduly Qt na prácu s databázou + Dostupné zásuvné databázové moduly Qt Available Qt Image Plugins - Dostupné zásuvné moduly Qt na prácu s obrazom + Dostupné zásuvné obrazové moduly Qt Qt Image Plugin Search Paths <br> - + Vyhľadávacie cesty obrazového zásuvného modulu Qt <br> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> @@ -11945,12 +11949,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Essen (Germany), Developer meeting 2012 - + Essen (Nemecko), Stretnutie vývojárov 2012 Translators - + Prekladatelia @@ -11958,12 +11962,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Warning - Upozornenie + Upozornenie Invalid field name. This field name is reserved and cannot be used. - + Neplatný názov poľa. Tento názov poľa je rezervovaný a nemôže byť použitý. @@ -11975,33 +11979,33 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Add column - + Pridať stĺpec N&ame - + N&ázov Comment - Komentár + Komentár Type - Typ + Typ Width - + Šírka Precision - Presnosť + Presnosť @@ -12009,32 +12013,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Add vector join - + Pridať vektorové pripojenie Join layer - + Pripojiť vrstvu Join field - + Pripojiť pole Target field - + Cieľové pole Create attribute index on join field - + Vytvoriť atribútový index na pripojenom poli Cache join layer in virtual memory - + Uložiť pripojenú vrstvu vo virtuálnej pamäti @@ -12042,7 +12046,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Add tab or group for %1 - + Pridať záložku alebo skupinu pre %1 @@ -12050,27 +12054,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Dialog - Dialógové okno + Dialógové okno Create category - + Vytvoriť kategóriu as - + ako a tab - + záložku a group in container - + skupinu v @@ -12078,12 +12082,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Select frame color - + Vybrať farbu orámovania Select background color - + Vybrať farbu pozadia @@ -12091,32 +12095,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Form - + Formulár Fixed map position - + Pevná pozícia mapy Background color - Farba pozadia + Farba pozadia Map marker - + Mapová značka Frame width - + Hrúbka orámovania Frame color - + Farba orámovania @@ -12374,13 +12378,13 @@ User DB Path: %9 Name - Meno + Názov Action - Akcia + Akcia Move up @@ -12412,7 +12416,7 @@ User DB Path: %9 Action list - + Zoznam akcií @@ -12423,17 +12427,17 @@ User DB Path: %9 Type - Typ + Typ Add default actions - + Pridať predvolené akcie Open - Otvoriť + Otvoriť @@ -12464,27 +12468,27 @@ User DB Path: %9 Inserts an expression into the action - + Vloží výraz do akcie Insert expression... - + Vložiť výraz... Inserts the selected field into the action - + Vloží vybrané pole do akcie Add to action list - + Pridať do zoznamu akcií Update selected action - + Aktualizovať vybranú akciu @@ -12494,7 +12498,7 @@ User DB Path: %9 Python - + Python @@ -12509,7 +12513,7 @@ User DB Path: %9 Unix - + Unix Insert action @@ -12527,7 +12531,7 @@ User DB Path: %9 Update the selected action - Aktualizuje vybranú akciu + Aktualiz vybranú akciu @@ -12550,7 +12554,7 @@ User DB Path: %9 Capture - Sledovať + @@ -12570,12 +12574,12 @@ User DB Path: %9 Attribute Actions - Akcie atribútov + Akcie atribútov Action properties - Vlastnosti akcie + Vlastnosti akcie @@ -12590,7 +12594,7 @@ User DB Path: %9 ... - ... + ... @@ -12763,7 +12767,7 @@ User DB Path: %9 Attribute changed - + Atribút zmenený @@ -12790,8 +12794,6 @@ User DB Path: %9 feature count - - @@ -13128,7 +13130,7 @@ User DB Path: %9 feature id - + id objektu @@ -13140,7 +13142,7 @@ User DB Path: %9 Select All - + Vybrať všetky @@ -13556,13 +13558,13 @@ Error was:%2 &Add - Prid&ať + Prid&ať Error - Chyba + Chyba @@ -13570,79 +13572,84 @@ Error was:%2 Database: %1 Driver: %2 Database: %3 - + Nie je možné otvoriť databázu záložiek. +Databáza: %1 +Ovládač: %2 +Databáza: %3 Name - + Názov Project - Projekt + Projekt xMin - + xMin yMin - + yMin xMax - + xMax yMax - + yMax SRID - + ID súr. systému New bookmark - + Nová záložka Unable to create the bookmark. Driver:%1 Database:%2 - + Nie je možné vytvoriť záložku. +Ovládač:%1 +Databáza:%2 Really Delete? - Skutočne zmazať? + Naozaj odstrániť? Are you sure you want to delete %n bookmark(s)? number of rows + Ste si istí, že chcete odstrániť %n záložku? - - + Ste si istí, že chcete odstrániť %n záložky? Empty extent - + Prázdny rozsah Reprojected extent is empty. - + Zaznamenaný rozsah je prázdny. Error deleting bookmark @@ -13651,12 +13658,12 @@ Database:%2 &Delete - &Vymazať + &Odstrániť &Zoom to - &Priblížiť sa + &Zväčšiť @@ -13688,7 +13695,7 @@ Database:%2 WMS - + WMS @@ -13698,7 +13705,7 @@ Database:%2 CRS - CRS + Súradnicový systém @@ -13795,7 +13802,7 @@ Database:%2 Path - + Cesta @@ -13935,27 +13942,27 @@ Database:%2 Dialog - Dialógové okno + Dialógové okno Display Name - + Zobraziť názov Layer Source - + Zdroj vrstvy Provider - + Zdroj Metadata - + Meta údaje @@ -14067,17 +14074,17 @@ Database:%2 Symbol - + Symbol Value - Hodnota + Hodnota Label - Popis + Popisok @@ -14093,95 +14100,95 @@ Database:%2 Symbol levels... - + Úrovne symbolu... High number of classes! - + Vysoký počet tried! Classification would yield %1 entries which might not be expected. Continue? - + Klasifikácia by priniesla záznamy %1, ktoré nie sú očakávané. Pokračovať? Error - Chyba + Chyba There are no available color ramps. You can add them in Style Manager. - + Nie sú dostupné farebné škály. Pridať ich môžete cez Správcu štýlov. The selected color ramp is not available. - + Vybraná farebná škála nie je dostupná. Confirm Delete - Potvrdenie mazania + Potvrdiť odstránenie The classification field was changed from '%1' to '%2'. Should the existing classes be deleted before classification? - Klasifikačné pole sa zmenilo z %1 na %2. -Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? + Klasifikačné pole sa zmenilo z %1 na %2. +Majú byť pred klasifikáciou odstránené doposiaľ existujúce triedy? Column - Stĺpec + Stĺpec Symbol - + Symbol Change... - + Zmeniť... Color ramp - + Farebná škála Classify - + Klasifikovať Add - Pridať + Pridať Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť Delete all - + Odstrániť všetky Join - + Pripojiť Advanced - + Pokročilé @@ -14220,7 +14227,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Select Color - + Výber farby @@ -14228,7 +14235,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Select Color - + Výber farby @@ -14236,7 +14243,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? New color ramp... - + Nová farebná škála... @@ -15600,7 +15607,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Legend - Legenda + Legenda @@ -17856,35 +17863,36 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Save shortcuts - + Uložiť skratky XML file - + Súbor XML All files - + Všetky súbory Saving shortcuts - + Ukladanie skratiek Cannot write file %1: %2. - + Nie je možné zapísať súbor %1: +%2. Load shortcuts - + Načítať skratky @@ -17892,19 +17900,21 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Loading shortcuts - + Načítavanie skratiek Cannot read file %1: %2. - + Nie je možné čítať súbor %1: +%2. Parse error at line %1, column %2: %3 - + Analytická chyba v riadku %1, stĺpci %2: +%3 @@ -17914,28 +17924,28 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? The file contains shortcuts created with different locale, so you can't use it. - + Súbor obsahuje skratky vytvorené s odlišnou lokáciou, takže ho nemôžete použiť. None - Žiadna + Žiadna Set default (%1) - + Nastaviť predvolené (%1) Input: - + Vstup: Change - Zmeniť + Zmeniť @@ -17945,42 +17955,42 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? This shortcut is already assigned to action %1. Reassign? - + Tejto skratke už je pripísaná akcia %1 Prepísať? Configure shortcuts - + Konfigurovať klávesové skratky Action - Akcia + Akcia Shortcut - + Klávesová skratka Set none - + Nastaviť žiadnu Set default - + Nastaviť predvolené Load... - + Načítať... Save... - + Uložiť... @@ -18024,7 +18034,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? CRS - CRS + Súradnicový systém @@ -18315,7 +18325,7 @@ and current file is [%3] new CRS - + nový súradnicový systém @@ -18323,17 +18333,17 @@ and current file is [%3] QGIS Custom Projection - QGIS Vlastné zobrazenia + Vlastná projekcia QGISu The proj4 definition of '%1' is not valid. - + Definícia proj4 '%1' nie je platná. This proj4 projection definition is not valid. - Táto definícia mapového zobrazenia pre proj4 nie je správna. + Táto definícia mapového zobrazenia pre proj4 nie je platná. @@ -18349,7 +18359,7 @@ and current file is [%3] Error - Chyba + Chyba This proj4 ellipsoid definition is not valid. Please add a ellips= clause before pressing save. @@ -18382,7 +18392,7 @@ and current file is [%3] Define - Definícia + Definovať @@ -18402,7 +18412,7 @@ and current file is [%3] Name - Meno + Názov @@ -18424,63 +18434,64 @@ and current file is [%3] North - Sever + Sever East - Východ + Východ Custom Coordinate Reference System Definition - Definícia vlastného referenčného súradnicového systému + Definícia vlastného referenčného súradnicového systému ID - ID + ID You can define your own custom Coordinate Reference System (CRS) here. The definition must conform to the proj4 format for specifying a CRS. - Tu je možné definovať vlastný referenčný súradnicový systém (CRS). Definícia musí zodpovedať proj4 formátu pre špecifikáciu referenčného súradnicového systému. + Tu si môžete zadefinovať vlastný referenčný súradnicový systém (CRS). Definícia musí zodpovedať formátu proj4 pre špecifikáciu CRS. Name: - Meno: + Názov: Parameters: - + Parametre: Copy existing CRS - + Kopírovať existujúci +súrad. systém Add new CRS - + Pridať nový súradnicový systém Remove - Odobrať + Odobrať Use the text boxes below to test the CRS definition you are creating. Enter a coordinate where both the lat/long and the transformed result are known (for example by reading off a map). Then press the calculate button to see if the CRS definition you are creating is accurate. - Textové polia dole slúžia na otestovanie definície referenčného súradnicového systému. Vložte súradnice, ktorých hodnoty v danom súradnicovom systéme poznáte (napríklad odčítaním z mapy). Následne stlačením tlačitka Vypočítať, možno overiť, či daná definícia súradnicového systému je zadaná správne. + Textové polia dole slúžia na otestovanie definície referenčného súradnicového systému. Vložte súradnice, ktorých hodnoty v danom súradnicovom systéme poznáte (napríklad odčítaním z mapy). Následne stlačením tlačitka Vypočítať možno overiť, či daná definícia súradnicového systému je zadaná správne. Destination CRS - Cieľový ref. súrad. systém + Cieľový súrad. systém @@ -18488,34 +18499,34 @@ and current file is [%3] Object name - + Názov objektu Label - Popis + Popisok Description - Popis + Popis Choose a customization INI file - + Vybrať INI súbor s prispôsobením Customization files (*.ini) - + Súbory s prispôsobením (*.ini) Widgets - + Grafické prvky @@ -18523,62 +18534,62 @@ and current file is [%3] Customization - + Prispôsobenie Enable customization - + Zapnúť prispôsobenie toolBar - + panel nástrojov Catch - + Zachytiť Switch to catching widgets in main application - + Prepnúť na zachytávanie grafických prvkov v hlavnej aplikácii Save - Uložiť + Uložiť Save to file - + Uložiť do súboru Load - Nahrať + Načítať Load from file - + Načítať zo súboru Expand All - + Rozbaliť všetko Collapse All - + Zbaliť všetko Select All - + Vybrať všetko @@ -18971,22 +18982,22 @@ and current file is [%3] Bottom Left - Vľavo dole + Vľavo dole Top Left - Vľavo hore + Vľavo hore Top Right - Vpravo hore + Vpravo hore Bottom Right - Vpravo dole + Vpravo dole @@ -18994,17 +19005,17 @@ and current file is [%3] Copyright Label Decoration - + Mapový prvok autorské práva Enable copyright label - + Zapnúť popisok autorských práv &Enter your copyright label here: - + &Zadajte tu Vaše označenie autorských práv: @@ -19013,52 +19024,56 @@ and current file is [%3] p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Verdana'; font-size:10pt;">© QGIS 2013</span></p></body></html> - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Lucida Grande'; font-size:13pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Verdana'; font-size:10pt;">© QGIS 2013</span></p></body></html> &Placement - + &Umiestnenie Bottom Left - Vľavo dole + Vľavo dole Top Left - Vľavo hore + Vľavo hore Bottom Right - Vpravo dole + Vpravo dole Top Right - Vpravo hore + Vpravo hore &Orientation - + &Orientácia Horizontal - Vodorovne + Vodorovne Vertical - Zvisle + Zvisle Color - Farba + Farba @@ -19069,27 +19084,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Error - Chyba + Chyba No active layer - Žiadna vrstva nie je aktívna + Žiadna aktívna vrstva Please select a raster layer - + Prosím vyberte rastrovú vrstvu Invalid raster layer - + Chybná rastrová vrstva Layer CRS must be equal to project CRS - + Súradnicový systém vrstvy sa musí zhodovať so súradnicovým systémom projektu @@ -19097,126 +19112,126 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Dialog - Dialógové okno + Dialógové okno Enable grid - + Zapnúť mriežku Interval X - + Interval X Interval Y - + Interval Y Grid type - + Typ mriežky Line symbol - + Líniový symbol Draw annotation - + Nakresliť anotáciu Annotation direction - + Smer anotácie Font... - Písmo... + Písmo... Distance to map frame - + Vzdialenost od mapového rámu Coordinate precision - + Presnosť súradnice Marker symbol - + Symbol značky Offset X - + Odsadenie X Offset Y - + Odsadenie Y Update Interval / Offset from - + Aktualizovať interval / Odsadenie od Canvas Extents - + Rozsah mapového okna Active Raster Layer - + Aktívna rastrová vrstva Line - Línia + Línia Marker - + Značka Horizontal - Vodorovne + Vodorovne Vertical - Zvisle + Zvisle Horizontal and vertical - + Vodorovne a zvisle Boundary direction - + Smer podľa hranice Horizontal and Vertical - + Vodorovne a zvisle @@ -19224,27 +19239,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Bottom Left - Vľavo dole + Vľavo dole Top Left - Vľavo hore + Vľavo hore Top Right - Vpravo hore + Vpravo hore Bottom Right - Vpravo dole + Vpravo dole North arrow pixmap not found - Obrázok smerovej ružice sa nenašiel + Obrázok smerovej ružice sa nenašiel @@ -19252,62 +19267,62 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } North Arrow Decoration - + Mapový prvok smerová ružica Preview of north arrow - Náhľad na smerovú ružicu + Náhľad smerovej ružice Angle - Uhol + Uhol Placement - Umiestnenie + Umiestnenie Placement on screen - Umiestnenie na obrazovke + Umiestnenie na obrazovke Top Left - Vľavo hore + Vľavo hore Top Right - Vpravo hore + Vpravo hore Bottom Left - Vľavo dole + Vľavo dole Bottom Right - Vpravo dole + Vpravo dole Enable North Arrow - Zapnúť smerovú ružicu + Zapnúť smerovú ružicu Set direction automatically - Nastaviť smer automaticky + Nastaviť smer automaticky Pixmap not found - Obrázok sa nenašiel + Obrázok sa nenašiel @@ -19315,32 +19330,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Bottom Left - Vľavo dole + Vľavo dole Top Left - Vľavo hore + Vľavo hore Top Right - Vpravo hore + Vpravo hore Bottom Right - Vpravo dole + Vpravo dole Tick Down - Čiarka dole + Dielik dole Tick Up - Čiarka hore + Dielik hore @@ -19355,57 +19370,57 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } km - + km mm - mm + mm cm - cm + cm m - m + m miles - míle + míle mile - + míľa inches - palce + palce foot - stopa + stopa feet - + stopa degree - stupeň + stupeň degrees - stupne + stupne @@ -19418,42 +19433,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Scale Bar Decoration - + Mapový prvok grafická mierka Placement - Umiestnenie + Umiestnenie Top Left - Vľavo hore + Vľavo hore Top Right - Vpravo hore + Vpravo hore Bottom Left - Vľavo dole + Vľavo dole Bottom Right - Vpravo dole + Vpravo dole Scale bar style - + Štýl grafickej mierky Select the style of the scale bar - Vybrať vzhľad grafickej mierky + Vyberte štýl grafickej mierky @@ -19478,37 +19493,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Color of bar - + Farba grafickej mierky Size of bar - + Veľkosť grafickej mierky Enable scale bar - Zapnúť grafickú mierku + Zapnúť grafickú mierku Automatically snap to round number on resize - Pri zmene veľkosti automaticky skočiť na okrúhle číslo + Pri zmene veľkosti automaticky zaokrúhliť číselnú hodnotu mierky metres/km - metre/kilometer + metre/km feet/miles - stopy/míle + stopy/míle degrees - stupne + stupne @@ -20420,22 +20435,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } mm - + mm Map units - + Mapové jednotky Around Point - + Okolo bodu Over Point - + Cez bod @@ -20450,42 +20465,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Free - + Voľne On line - + Na línii Above line - + Nad líniou Below Line - + Pod líniou Map orientation - + Orientácia mapy Pie chart - + Koláčový graf Text diagram - + Textový diagram Histogram - Stĺpcový graf (histogram) + Stĺpcový graf (histogram) @@ -20496,7 +20511,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } x-height - + x-výška @@ -20506,7 +20521,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Diameter - + Priemer @@ -20517,77 +20532,78 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Top - Vrch + Nahor Right - Napravo + Vpravo Bottom - Spodok + Nadol Left - Naľavo + Vľavo Unknown diagram type. - + Neznámy typ diagramu. The diagram type '%1' is unknown. A default type is selected for you. - + Neznámy typ diagramu '%1'. Vybraný je pre Vás predvolený typ. + Bar length: Scale linearly, such as the following value matches the specified size. - + Rozpätie stĺpčeka: Rozpätie lineárne medzi 0 a nasledujúcou hodnotou atribútu / veľkosť diagramu. Scale linearly between 0 and the following attribute value / diagram size: - + Rozpätie lineárne medzi 0 a nasledujúcou hodnotou atribútu / veľkosť diagramu: Transparency: %1% - + Priehľadnosť: %1% Diagrams: No attributes added. - + Diagramy: Nepridané žiadne atribúty. Interpolation value - + Hodnota interpolácie You did not specify an interpolation value. A default value of %1 has been set. - + Neuviedli ste hodnotu interpolácie. Bola nastavená predvolená hodnota %1. Background color - Farba pozadia + Farba pozadia Pen color - + Farba pera You did not add any attributes to this diagram layer. Please specify the attributes to visualize on the diagrams or disable diagrams. - + Nepridali ste žiadne atribúty do diagramu tejto vrstvy. Prosím uveďte atribúty pre vizualizáciu v diagramoch alebo diagramy vypnite. @@ -20595,130 +20611,130 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Display diagrams - + Zobraziť diagramy Diagram type - + Typ diagramu Priority: - + Priorita: Low - + Nízka High - + Vysoká Appearance - + Vzhľad Background color - Farba pozadia + Farba pozadia Line color - + Farba línie Line width - Hrúbka čiary + Hrúbka línie Font... - Písmo... + Písmo... Bar width - + Šírka stĺpčeka Transparency 0% - + Priehľadnosť 0% Start Angle - + Počiatočný uhol Only show diagrams with a size inside the specified range. - + Zobraziť len diagramy s veľkosťou v uvedenom rozsahu. Hide diagrams with a size outside the specified range. - + Skry diagramy s veľkosťou mimo uvedeného rozsahu. Scale dependent visibility - Viditeľnosť závislá od mierky + Viditeľnosť v závislosti od mierky Minimum - Minimum + Minimum Maximum - Maximum + Maximum Size - Veľkosť + Veľkosť Fixed size - + Pevná veľkosť Size units - Jednotky veľkosti + Veľkostné jednotky Scale linearly between 0 and the following attribute value / diagram size: - + Rozpätie lineárne medzi 0 a nasledujúcou hodntou atribútu / veľkosť diagramu: Attribute - Atribút + Atribút Find maximum value - + Nájsť maximálnu hodnotu The attribute value you enter here will correspond to the size entered in the field "Size" and the chosen "Size unit". Leave empty to automatically apply the maximum value. - + Hodnota atribútu, ktorú zadáte tu, bude zodpovedať veľkosti zadanej v poli. "Veľkosť" a vybraná "Veľkostná jednotka".Nevypĺňajte na automatické použitie maximálnej hodnoty. @@ -20728,117 +20744,117 @@ Leave empty to automatically apply the maximum value. Will scale diagrams with a size smaller than the minimum size to the minimum size - + Zväčší diagramy s veľkosťou menšou než minimálna veľkosť na minimálnu veľkosť Increase size of small diagrams - + Zväčšiť veľkosť malých diagramov Minimum size - + Minimálna veľkosť Position - Umiestnenie + Pozícia Placement - Umiestnenie + Umiestnenie Line Options - + Možnosti línie Distance - + Vzdialenosť Data defined position - Údajmi určovaná poloha + Pozícia definovaná dátami x - + x y - + y Automated placement settings - + Nastavenia automatického umiestnenia Options - + Možnosti Label placement - + Umiestnenie popisku Bar Orientation - + Orientácia stĺpčeka Up - + Nahor Down - + Nadol Right - Napravo + Vpravo Left - Naľavo + Vľavo Attributes - Atribúty + Atribúty Available attributes - + Dostupné atribúty Assigned attributes - + Priradené atribúty Drag and drop to reorder - + Potiahni a pusti pre zmenu usporiadania Color - Farba + Farba @@ -20924,7 +20940,7 @@ Leave empty to automatically apply the maximum value. Angle - Uhol + Uhol @@ -21049,7 +21065,7 @@ Parser error: Column Preview - + Náhľad stĺpca @@ -21112,7 +21128,7 @@ Parser error: Cancel &All - + Zrušiť &všetky @@ -21120,82 +21136,82 @@ Parser error: Dialog - Dialógové okno + Dialógové okno Search method - + Vyhľadávacia metóda Chain (fast) - + Chain (rýchla) Popmusic Tabu - + Popmusic Tabu Popmusic Chain - + Popmusic Chain Popmusic Tabu Chain - + Popmusic Tabu Chain FALP (fastest) - + FALP (najrýchlejšia) Number of candidates - + Počet kandidátov Point - Bod + Bod Line - Línia + Línia Polygon - Polygón + Polygón Show all labels and features for all layers - + Zobraziť všetky popisky a objekty všetkých vrstiev Show candidates (for debugging) - + Zobraziť kandiátov (pre ladenie chýb) Show shadow rectangles (for debugging) - + Zobraziť tieň obdĺžníkov (pre ladenie chýb) Save settings with project - + Uložiť nastavenia spolu s projektom (i.e. including colliding objects) - + (t.j. vrátane kolidujúcich objektov) @@ -21203,7 +21219,7 @@ Parser error: Error - Chyba + Chyba @@ -21522,7 +21538,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Run actions - + Spustiť akcie @@ -21963,7 +21979,7 @@ MyForms.py must live on PYTHONPATH, .qgis/python, or inside the project folder.< Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť @@ -21980,12 +21996,12 @@ MyForms.py must live on PYTHONPATH, .qgis/python, or inside the project folder.< Form annotation - + Anotácia formulára ... - ... + ... @@ -21994,13 +22010,13 @@ MyForms.py must live on PYTHONPATH, .qgis/python, or inside the project folder.< map units - + mapové jednotky pixels - + pixely @@ -22013,7 +22029,7 @@ MyForms.py must live on PYTHONPATH, .qgis/python, or inside the project folder.< Remove - Odobrať + Odobrať @@ -23300,7 +23316,7 @@ Please reselect a valid file. Coordinate Reference System Selector - Výber referenčného súradnicového systému + Výber referenčného súradnicového systému @@ -24105,7 +24121,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } GDAL files - + súbory GDAL @@ -24116,12 +24132,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } All files - + Všetky súbory Open raster file - + Otvoriť rastrový súbor @@ -24350,17 +24366,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Symbol - + Symbol Value - Hodnota + Hodnota Label - Popis + Popisok @@ -24376,24 +24392,24 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Symbol levels... - + Úrovne symbolu... Error - Chyba + Chyba There are no available color ramps. You can add them in Style Manager. - + Nie sú dostupné farebné škály. Pridať ich môžete cez Správcu štýlov. The selected color ramp is not available. - + Vybraná farebná škála nie je dostupná. @@ -24403,37 +24419,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Column - Stĺpec + Stĺpec Symbol - + Symbol Change... - + Zmeniť... Classes - + Triedy Color ramp - + Farebná škála Mode - Mód + Režim Equal Interval - Rovnaký interval + Rovnaký interval @@ -24443,12 +24459,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť Delete all - + Odstrániť všetky @@ -24458,7 +24474,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Standard Deviation - Štandardná odchýlka + Štandardná odchýlka @@ -24468,12 +24484,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Classify - + Klasifikovať Add class - Pridať triedu + Pridať triedu Delete class @@ -24482,7 +24498,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Advanced - + Pokročilé @@ -24643,8 +24659,6 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } number of layers to delete - - @@ -25041,7 +25055,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Delete selected / select next - Vymazať vybrané / vybrať ďalšie + Odstrániť vybrané / vybrať ďalšie @@ -27293,8 +27307,6 @@ at line %2 column %3 unhandled layers - - @@ -27371,7 +27383,7 @@ at line %2 column %3 QGIS Help - QGIS Pomocník + Pomocník QGISu @@ -27424,12 +27436,12 @@ at line %2 column %3 Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť html - + HTML @@ -27501,8 +27513,6 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. inactivity timeout - - @@ -27708,7 +27718,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Print - + Tlačiť @@ -27971,7 +27981,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. QGIS Rocks! - QGIS Rocks! + Quantum GIS! @@ -27996,7 +28006,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Above - Nad + Nahor @@ -28006,42 +28016,42 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Left - Naľavo + Vľavo Below - Pod + Nadol Label Properties - + Vlastnosti popisku Right - Napravo + Vpravo Above Right - Napravo nad + Vpravo hore Below Right - Napravo pod + Vpravo dole Above Left - Naľavo nad + Vľavo hore Below Left - Naľavo pod + Vľavo dole @@ -28052,158 +28062,158 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Field containing label - Pole obsahujúce popis + Pole obsahujúce popisok Default label - Štandardný text popisu + Predvolený popisok Data defined buffer - Údajmi určované okolie + Okolie definované dátami Data defined position - Údajmi určovaná poloha + Pozícia definovaná dátami Color - Farba + Farba Angle (deg) - Uhol (v stupňoch) + Uhol (v stupňoch) Buffer size - Veľkosť okolia + Veľkosť okolia Multiline labels? - Viacriadkové popisy? + Viacriadkové popisy? Font size - + Veľkosť písma In points - + V bodoch In map units - + V mapových jednotkách Transparency - + Priehľadnosť Offset - + Odsadenie X offset - + X odsadenie Y offset - + Y odsadenie Advanced - + Pokročilé X Offset (pts) - X-ový posun (v bodoch) + X-ové odsadenie (v bodoch) Y Offset (pts) - Y-ový posun (v bodoch) + Y-ové odsadenie (v bodoch) Basic label options - + Možnosti základného popisku Buffer labels - + Popisky okolia Label only selected features - + Popisok len vybraných objektov Data defined placement - + Umiestnenie definované dátami Data defined properties - + Vlastnosti definované dátami &Font family - &Rodina písiem + &Druh písma &Bold - &Tučné + &Tučné &Italic - &Kurzíva + &Kurzíva &Underline - &Podčiarknuté + &Podčiarknuté &Size - &Veľkosť + &Veľkosť Size units - Jednotky veľkosti + Veľkostné jednotky Strikeout - + Prečiarknuté @@ -28218,27 +28228,27 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Use scale dependent rendering - Používať vykresľovanie v závislosti od mierky + Použiť vykresľovanie v závislosti od mierky Maximum - Maximum + Maximum Minimum - Minimum + Minimum ° - + ° &Color - + &Farba @@ -28252,7 +28262,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Font color - + Farba písma @@ -28262,7 +28272,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Buffer color - + Farba okolia @@ -28327,7 +28337,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Buffer - Okolie (buffer) + Okolie @@ -28370,7 +28380,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. (not found!) - + (nenájdené!) Sample @@ -28379,7 +28389,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. string - + string @@ -28429,7 +28439,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Text/Buffer sample - + Vzor textu/okolia @@ -28444,47 +28454,47 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. (BUFFER NOT SHOWN, in map units) - + (OKOLIE NEZOBRAZENÉ. v mapových jednotkách) Expression based label - + Popisok na základe výrazu No change - + Bez zmeny All uppercase - + Všetky znaky veľkými písmenami All lowercase - + Všetky znaky malými písmenami Capitalize first letter - + Veľké začiatočné písmeno Size%1 - + Veľkosť%1 X - + X File not found - + Súbor nenájdený @@ -28492,56 +28502,56 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Layer labeling settings - + Nastavenia popiskov vrstvy Sample text - Vzorka textu + Vzor textu Reset sample text - + Obnoviť vzor textu Size for sample text in map units - + Veľkosť pre vzorový text v mapových jednotkách Sample background color - + Vzor farby pozadia Formatting - + Formátovanie Shadow - + Tieňovanie Rendering - + Vykresľovanie letter - + písmeno Spacing - + Rozostupy @@ -28549,148 +28559,148 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Blend mode - + Režim prelínania word - + slovo Underlined text - + Podčiarknutý text Bold text (data defined only, overrides Style) - + Tučný text (len definované dáta, prepisuje štýl) B - + B Italic text (data defined only, overrides Style) - + Text s kurzívou /len definované dáta, prepisuje štýl) I - + I Text formatting - + Formátovanie textu Multiple lines - + Viac riadkov Wrap on character - + Zalomiť na znaku Line height - + Výška riadku Line height spacing for multi-line text - + Výška rozostupu riadku pre viacriadkový text line - + riadok Alignment - + Zarovnanie Paragraph style alignment of multi-line text - + Štýl odseku zarovnania viacriadkového textu Left - Naľavo + Vľavo Center - + Na stred Right - Napravo + Vpravo Line direction symbol - + Symbol smeru riadka Text buffer - + Text okolia Draw text buffer - + Nakresliť text okolia Pen join style - + Štýl pera pri pripájaní Discourage labels from covering features - + Odradiť popisky z prekrývajúcich sa objektov Available typeface styles - + Dostupné typy písma U - + U Strikeout text - + Prečiarknutý text S - + S points - + body @@ -28704,12 +28714,12 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. map units - + mapové jednotky Style - + Štýl @@ -28717,7 +28727,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Transparency - Priehľadnosť + Priehľadnosť @@ -28726,23 +28736,23 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. % - + % Space in pixels or map units, relative to size unit choice - + Medzera v pixeloch alebo v mapových jednotkách, relatívne k vybranej jednotke veľkosti Type case - + Veľkosť znakov písma Capitalization style of text - + Štýl textu s veľkými písmenami @@ -28755,29 +28765,29 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. mm - + mm Minimum - + Minimum Maximum - + Maximum Label every part of multi-part features - + Popisok pre každú časť zložených objektov Merge connected lines to avoid duplicate labels - + Zlúčiť pripojené riadky, aby sa zabránilo duplicitným popiskom @@ -28785,14 +28795,14 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Placement - Umiestnenie + Umiestnenie Rotation - + Otočenie Orientation @@ -28802,17 +28812,17 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Text style - + Štýl textu Font - Písmo + Písmo TextLabel - TextLabel + Popisoktextu @@ -28906,14 +28916,14 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. ... - ... + ... Color - Farba + Farba @@ -28921,18 +28931,18 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Buffer - Okolie (buffer) + Okolie Size - Veľkosť + Veľkosť Centroid - + Centroid @@ -28944,78 +28954,78 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. abc - + abc Quadrant - + Kvadrant Distance - + Vzdialenosť Data defined - + Definované dáta X - X + X Y - Y + Y Coordinate - + Súradnica Preserve data rotation values - + Zachovať hodnoty otočenia dát horizontal - + horizontálne vertical - + vertikálne ( Define attribute fields to enable labeling map tools ) - + (Definovať atribút polí na zapnutie popiskových mapových nástrojov) Label options - + Možnosti popisku Pixel size-based visibility (labels in map units) - + Viditeľnosť na základe veľkosti pixelu Feature options - + Možnosti objektu mm - mm + mm Sample @@ -29025,47 +29035,47 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Lorem Ipsum - + Quantum GIS Label this layer with - + Popisok tejto vrstvy s Formatted numbers - + Formátované čísla Decimal places - + Desatinné miesta Show plus sign - + Zobraziť znamienko plus Priority - + Priorita Low - + Nízka High - + Vysoká Scale-based visibility - + Viditeľnosť na základe mierky Minimum @@ -29078,213 +29088,213 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Suppress labeling of features smaller than - + Potlačiť popisok objektov menších ako Line orientation dependent position - + Pozícia závislá na orientácii riadku Position - Umiestnenie + Pozícia Around point - + Okolo bodu Offset from point - + Odsadiť od bodu Parallel - + Paralelné Curved - + Zakrivené Edit expression - + Upraviť výraz Automated placement settings (apply to all layers) - + Automatické nastavenia umiestnenia (použiť na všetky vrstvy) Text/Buffer Sample - + Vzor textu/okolia Color buffer's fill - + Farba výplne okolia Draw background - + Nakresliť pozadie Size X - + Veľkosť X Size type - + Typ rozsahu Size Y - + Veľkosť Y Fill color - + Farba výplne Border color - + Farba ohraničenia Draw drop shadow - + Nakresliť vrhnutý tieň Label's rotation is ignored - + Otočenie popisku je ignorované Use global shadow - + Použiť globálny tieň Horizontal - Vodorovne + Vodorovné Offset from centroid - + Odsadiť od centroidu Around centroid - + Okolo centroidu Horizontal (slow) - + Vodorovne (pomalé) Free (slow) - + Voľné (pomalé) Using perimeter - + Použitie obvodu visible polygon - + viditeľného polygónu whole polygon - + celého polygónu Above line - + Nad riadok On line - + Na riadok Below line - + Pod riadok < - < + < > - > + > left/right - + vľavo/vpravo above - + nad below - + pod Reverse direction - + Opačný smer Labels will not show if larger than this on screen - + Popisky sa nezobrazia, ak sú väčšie než tie na obrazovke px - + px Labels will not show if smaller than this on screen - + Popisky sa nezobrazia, ak sú menšie než tie na obrazovke Drop shadow - + Vrhnúť tieň Offset - + Odsadenie % @@ -29293,7 +29303,7 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Scale - Mierka + Mierka @@ -29301,131 +29311,131 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Background - Pozadie + Pozadie Draw under - + Nakresliť pod Lowest label component - + Najnižší komponet popisku Text - + Text ˚ - + ˚ Blur radius - + Polomer rozostrenia Blur only alpha pixels - + Rozostriť len alfa pixely Load symbol parameters - + Načítať parametre symbolu % of length - + % z dĺžky Fixed - + Pevné Offset X,Y - + Odsadenie X, Y Rectangle - Iba obdĺžnik + Obdĺžnik Square - + Štvorec Ellipse - + Elipsa Circle - + Kruh SVG - + SVG Shape - + Tvar Sync with label - + Synchronizovať s popiskom Offset of label - + Odsadiť od popisku Radius X,Y - + Polomer X, Y Border width - + Hrúbka ohraničenia symbol units - + jednotky symbolu outside - + vonkajší inside - + vnútorný Maximum angle between curved characters - + Maximálny uhol medzi zakrivenými znakmi Above Right @@ -29458,37 +29468,37 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Show all labels for this layer (including colliding labels) - + Zobraziť všetky popisky pre túto vrstvu (vrátane kolidujúcich popiskov) Show upside-down labels - + Zobraziť obrátené popisky never - + nikdy when rotation defined - + keď je definované otočenie always - + vždy Limit number of features to be labeled to - + Obmedziť počet objektov, ktoré majú byť označené popiskom, na Number of features sent to labeling engine, though not all may be labeled - + Počet objektov odoslaných na popisok, aj keď nie všetky môžu byť označené popiskom X Coordinate @@ -29501,17 +29511,17 @@ This may be a problem in your network connection or at the WMS server. Uncheck to write labeling engine derived rotation on pin and NULL on unpin - + Odškrtnúť políčko na popisok rotácie pri pripnutí a NULL pri odopnutí Always show - + Zobraziť vždy Show label - + Zobraziť popisok Buffer size @@ -29739,22 +29749,22 @@ not displayed Angle - Uhol + Uhol Distance - + Vzdialenosť Line width - Hrúbka čiary + Hrúbka čiary Color - Farba + Farba @@ -32033,35 +32043,35 @@ http://my.host.com/cgi-bin/mapserv.exe Form - + Formulár Contrast enhancement - + Vylepšenie kontrastu Min/max - + Min/max Red band - Červený kanál + Červený kanál Green band - Zelený kanál + Zelený kanál Blue band - Modrý kanál + Modrý kanál Min @@ -32314,27 +32324,27 @@ Extended error information: Text data - + Textová dáta Whole number - + Celé číslo Decimal number - + Desatinné číslo New SpatiaLite Database File - + Nový databázový súbor SpatiaLite SpatiaLite - + SpatiaLite @@ -32342,80 +32352,80 @@ Extended error information: SpatiaLite Database - + Databáza SpatiaLite Unable to open the database - + Nie je možné otvoriť databázu Error - Chyba + Chyba Failed to load SRIDS: %1 - + Nepodarilo sa načítať ID súradnicových systémov: %1 @ - + @ Registered new database! - + Zaregistrovaná nová databáza! Unable to open the database: %1 - + Nie je možné otvoriť databázu: %1 Error Creating SpatiaLite Table - + Chyba pri vytváraní tabuľky SpatiaLite Failed to create the SpatiaLite table %1. The database returned: %2 - + Nepodarilo sa vytvoriť tabuľku SpatiaLite %1. Databáza obnovená:%2 Error Creating Geometry Column - + Chyba pri vytváraní stĺpca s geometriou Failed to create the geometry column. The database returned: %1 - + Nepodarilo sa vytvoriť stĺpec s geometriou. Databáza obnovená:%1 Error Creating Spatial Index - + Chyba pri vytváraní priestorového indexu Failed to create the spatial index. The database returned: %1 - + Nepodarilo sa vytvoriť priestorový index. Databáza obnovená: %1 Invalid Layer - Chybná vrstva + Neplatná vrstva %1 is an invalid layer and cannot be loaded. - %1 je chybná vrstva a nemôže byť nahratá. + %1 je chybná vrstva a nemôže byť načítaná. @@ -32423,147 +32433,147 @@ Extended error information: New Spatialite Layer - + Nová vrstva SpatiaLite Database - Databáza + Databáza Create a new Spatialite database - + Vytvoriť novú databázu SpatiaLite ... - ... + ... Layer name - Meno vrstvy + Názov vrstvy Name for the new layer - + Názov novej vrstvy Geometry column - Stĺpec s geometriou + Stĺpec s geometriou geometry - + geometria Type - Typ + Typ Point - Bod + Bod Line - Línia + Línia Polygon - Polygón + Polygón MultiPoint - + Multibod Multiline - Multilínia + Multilínia Multipolygon - Multipolygón + Multipolygón Specify CRS - + Uviesť súr. systém Remove attribute - + Odobrať atribút Spatial Reference Id - + ID súradnicového systému Specify the coordinate reference system of the layer's geometry. - + Uviesť súradnicový systém geometrie vrstvy. Add an integer id field as the primary key for the new layer - + Pridať ID pole s hodnotou integer ako primárny kľúč pre novú vrstvu Create an autoincrementing primary key - + Vytvoriť automaticky narastajúci primárny kľúč New attribute - + Nový atribút Name - + Názov An attribute name - + Názov atribútu Attributes list - + Zoznam atribútov Add attribute to list - + Pridať atribút do zoznamu Add to attributes list - + Pridať do zoznamu atribútov Delete selected attribute - Zmazať vybranp atribúty + Odstrániť vybraný atribút @@ -32571,27 +32581,27 @@ Extended error information: Text data - + Textové dáta Whole number - + Celé číslo Decimal number - + Desatinné číslo ESRI Shapefile - + ESRI Shapefile Save As - Uložiť ako + Uložiť ako @@ -32599,93 +32609,93 @@ Extended error information: New Vector Layer - Nová vektorová vrstva + Nová vektorová vrstva File format - Formát súboru + Formát súboru Type - Typ + Typ Point - Bod + Bod Line - Línia + Línia Polygon - Polygón + Polygón New attribute - + Nový atribút Name - + Názov Width - + Šírka Precision - Presnosť + Presnosť Remove attribute - + Odobrať atribút Add attribute to list - + Pridať atribút do zoznamu Add to attributes list - + Pridať do zoznamu atribútov Specify the coordinate reference system of the layer's geometry. - + Uviesť súradnicový systém geometrie vrstvy. Specify CRS - + Uviesť súradnicový systém Attributes list - + Zoznam atribútov Delete selected attribute - Zmazať vybranp atribúty + Odstrániť vybraný atribút @@ -33153,8 +33163,6 @@ Extended error information: crs count - - @@ -33871,17 +33879,17 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Open Directory - Otvoriť adresár + Otvoriť adresár Are you sure you want to remove the %1 connection and all associated settings? - + Ste si istí, že chcete odobrať pripojenie %1 a všetky súvisiace nastavenia? Confirm Delete - Potvrdenie mazania + Potvrdiť odstránenie @@ -33889,12 +33897,12 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Add vector layer - + Pridať vektorovú vrstvu No database selected. - + Nie je vybraná žiadna databáza. @@ -33904,22 +33912,22 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Please enter your password: - Prosím, vložte vaše heslo: + Prosím zadajte Vaše heslo: No protocol URI entered. - + Nie je zadaný žiadny URI identifikátor protokolu. No layers selected. - + Nie sú vybrané žiadne vrstvy. No directory selected. - + Nie je vybraný žiadny adresár. @@ -33927,86 +33935,86 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Add vector layer - + Pridať vektorovú vrstvu Source type - + Typ zdroja File - Súbor + Súbor Directory - Adresár + Adresár Database - Databáza + Databáza Protocol - + Protokol Encoding - + Kódovanie Type - Typ + Typ URI - + URI Source - Zdroj + Zdroj Dataset - Súprava údajov + Dátová sada Browse - Prechádzať + Prechádzať Connections - + Pripojenia New - + Nové Edit - Upraviť + Upraviť Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť @@ -34379,7 +34387,7 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Hide splash screen at startup - Pri štarte skryť úvodnú upútavku + Skryť úvodnú obrazovku pri spustení @@ -34393,7 +34401,7 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Make lines appear less jagged at the expense of some drawing performance - Vyhladiť čiary na úrok nižšieho výkonu vykresľovania + Vyhladiť línie na úrok nižšieho výkonu vykresľovania @@ -34410,195 +34418,195 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val System - + Systém Data Sources - + Zdroje dát Data sources - + Zdroje dát Canvas & Legend - + Mapové okno & legenda Canvas and legend - + Mapové okno legenda Map Tools - + Mapové nástroje Timeout for timed messages or dialogs - + Časový limit pre časované správy alebo dialógy s - + s Bold group box titles - + Tučné nadpisy podskupín skupiny QGIS-styled group boxes - + QGIS štýl podskupín skupiny Use live-updating color chooser dialogs - + Použiť v reálnom čase aktualizované dialógy výberu farieb New - + Nový Most recent - + Naposledy otvorený Specific - + Špecifický Open project on launch - + Otvoriť projekt pri spustení Create new project from default project - + Vytvoriť nový projekt z predvoleného projektu Set current project as default - + Nastaviť súčasný projekt ako predvolený Reset default - + Obnoviť predvolený Template folder - + Priečinok so šablónou Browse - Prechádzať + Prechádzať Reset - + Obnoviť Prompt to save project and data source changes when required - + Vyzvať na uloženie projektu a zmien v zdroji dát v prípade potreby Enable macros - + Zapnúť makrá Never - + Nikdy Ask - + Opýtať sa For this session only - + Len pre túto reláciu Always (not recommended) - + Vždy (neodporúča sa) Environment - + Prostredie Apply - + Použiť Variable - + Premenná Value - Hodnota + Hodnota Current environment variables (read-only - bold indicates modified at startup) - + Súčasné premenné prostredia (len na čítanie - tučné označuje zmeny pri spustení) Show only QGIS-specific variables - + Zobraziť len špecifické premenné QGISu Use custom variables (restart required - include separators) - + Použiť vlastné premenné (vyžaduje sa reštart - vrátane oddeľovačov) Feature attributes and table - + Atribúty objektu a tabuľka Data source handling - + Manipulácia so zdrojmi dát Prompt for raster sublayers when opening - + Opýtať sa na rastrové subvrstvy pri otvorení Ignore shapefile encoding declaration - + Ignorovať shapefile kódovaciu deklaráciu @@ -34608,52 +34616,52 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Add Oracle layers with double click and select in extended mode - + Pridať vrstvy Oracle dvojklikom a vyberať v rozšírenom režime Better graphics performance at the cost of loosing the possibility to cancel rendering and incremental feature drawing - + Lepší grafický výkon za cenu straty možnosti zrušiť vykresľovanie a doplnkové kreslenie objektu Enable back buffer - + Zapnúť spätné okolie Fix problems with incorrectly filled polygons - Vyhnúť sa problému s nesprávne vypĺňanými polygónmi + Opraviť problémy s nesprávne vyplnenými polygónmi Single band gray - Jednokanálová v odtieňoch šedi + Jeden kanál v odtieni šedej Multi band color (byte / band) - + Viackanálová farba (byte / kanál) Multi band color (> byte / band) - + Viackanálová farba (> byte / kanál) Limits (minimum/maximum) - + Limity (minimum/maximum) Cumulative pixel count cut limits - + Limity rezov podľa kumulatívneho počtu pixelov - - - + - @@ -34664,72 +34672,72 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Standard deviation multiplier - + Multiplikátor smerodajnej odchýlky Debugging - + Ladenie Show these events in the Log Message panel (under Rendering tab) - + Zobraziť tieto udalosti v paneli prihlasovacej správy (pod záložkou Vykresľovanie) Map canvas refresh - + Obnoviť mapové okno Map canvas & legend - + Mapové okno & legenda Default map appearance (overridden by project properties) - + Predvolený vzhľad mapy (prepísané podľa vlastností projektu) Layer legend - + Legenda vrstvy Capitalise layer names - + Názvy vrstiev veľkými písmenami Bold layer names - + Tučné názvy vrstvy Display classification attribute names - + Zobraziť atribútové názvy klasifikácie Bold group names - + Tučné názvy skupiny Create raster icons (may be slow) - + Vytvoriť rastrové ikony (môže byť pomalé) Legend item styles - + Štýly položiek legendy Overlay position - + Pozícia prekrytia @@ -34739,12 +34747,12 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Zoom - Približovanie/oddaľovanie + Priblížiť/Oddialiť Zoom and recenter - Približovanie/oddaľovanie a vycentrovanie + Priblížiť/Oddialiť a vycentrovať @@ -34754,22 +34762,22 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Predefined scales - + Preddefinované mierky Add predefined scale - + Pridať preddefinovanú mierku Remove selected - + Odobrať vybrané Insert default scales - + Vložiť predvolené mierky @@ -34784,44 +34792,44 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Automatically enable 'on the fly' reprojection if CRS of a new added layer differ from CRS of layer(s) already present. CRS of present layer(s) will be used. - + Automaticky povoliť priamy prevod medzi súradnicovými systémami ('on the fly' reprojekcia) , ak je súradnicový systém novopridanej vrstvy/vrstiev odlišný od práve používaného. Použitý bude súradnicový systém tejto vrstvy (vrstiev). Prompt for &CRS - + Opýtať sa na &súradnicový systém Use &project CRS - + Použiť súradnicový systém &projektu Use default CRS displa&yed below - + Použiť predvolený súradnicový systém &uvedený nižšie Locale - Regionálne nastavenie + Miestne Locale to use instead - namiesto toho použiť + Namiesto miestneho nastavenia použiť Additional Info - Doplňujúce informácie + Doplňujúce informácie Detected active locale on your system: - Zistené aktívne regionálne nastavenie vásho systému: + Zistené aktívne miestne nastavenie Vášho systému: Selecting this will unselect the 'make lines less' jagged toggle @@ -34830,39 +34838,39 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Rubberband - Vyberací obdĺžnik + Line width in pixels - Hrúbka čiary v pixeloch + Hrúbka línie v pixeloch Snapping - Zameriavanie + Prichytávanie Zoom to mouse cursor - Približovať ku kurzoru myši + Priblížiť/Oddialiť na kurzor myši Options - + Možnosti Digitizing - Digitalizácia + Digitalizácia Project files - Súbory projektu + Súbory projektu Prompt to save project changes when required @@ -34871,7 +34879,7 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Warn when opening a project file saved with an older version of QGIS - Upozorniť pri otváraní súboru projektu uloženého staršou verziou QGISu + Upozorniť na otváranie súboru projektu uloženého v staršej verzii QGISu Default Map Appearance (overridden by project properties) @@ -34880,7 +34888,7 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Selection color - Farba výberu + Výber farby @@ -34899,32 +34907,32 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Icon size - + Veľkosť ikon Font - Písmo + Písmo Qt default - + Predvolený Qt Double click action in legend - + Akcia dvojkliku v legende Open layer properties - + Otvoriť vlastnosti vrstvy Open attribute table - + Otvoriť atribútovú tabuľku Capitalise layer names in legend @@ -34933,89 +34941,89 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Show tips at start up - + Zobraziť tipy pri spustení Open attribute table in a dock window (QGIS restart required) - + Otvoriť atribútovú tabuľku v ukotviteľnom okne (vyžaduje sa reštart QGISu) Add PostGIS layers with double click and select in extended mode - + Pridať vrstvy PostGIS dvojklikom a vyberať v rozšírenom režime Copy geometry in WKT representation from attribute table - + Kopírovať geometriu vo WKT reprezentácii z atribútovej tabuľky Attribute table behaviour - + Nastavenie atribútovej tabuľky Attribute table row cache - + Vyrovnávacia pamäť atribútovej tabuľky Representation for NULL values - + Reprezentácia pre hodnoty NULL Scan for valid items in the browser dock - + Vyhľadať platné položky v ukotvenom okne prehliadača Scan for contents of compressed files (.zip) in browser dock - + Vyhľadať obsahy komprimovaných súborov (.zip) v ukotvenom okne prehliadača GDAL - + Nástroje GDAL In some cases more than one GDAL driver can be used to load the same raster format. Use the list below to specify which to use. - + V niektorých prípadoch je možné použiť viac než jeden ovládač GDAL na načítanie rovnakého rastrového formátu. Použite nižšie uvedený zoznam na presné určenie, ktorý ovládač sa má použiť. Name - + Názov ext - + ext Flags - + Vlajky Description - Popis + Popis Edit Pyramids Options - + Upraviť možnosti pyramíd Edit Create Options - + Upraviť možnosti vytvárania Plugins @@ -35024,59 +35032,59 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Plugin paths - + Cesty k zásuvným modulom Path(s) to search for additional C++ plugins libraries - + Cesta(y) na vyhľadanie dodatočných C++ knižníc zásuvných modulov Rendering - + Vykresľovanie Rendering behavior - Nastavenie prekresľovania + Nastavenie vykresľovania Number of features to draw before updating the display - Počet objektov ktoré sa vykreslia pred aktualizáciou zobrazenia + Počet objektov, ktoré sa vykreslia pred aktualizáciou zobrazenia Rasters - + Rastre RGB band selection - + Výber RGB kanálov Red band - Červený kanál + Červený kanál Green band - Zelený kanál + Zelený kanál Blue band - Modrý kanál + Modrý kanál Default expiration period for WMS-C/WMTS tiles (hours) - + Predvolená expiračná doba pre dlaždice WMS-C/WMTS (v hodinách) Use standard deviation @@ -35085,95 +35093,95 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Contrast enhancement - Pridanie kontrastu + Vylepšenie kontrastu Preferred angle units - + Preferované uhlové jednotky Degrees - + Stupne Radians - + Radiány Gon - + Gon Decimal places - + Desatinné miesta Keep base unit - + Ponechať základnú jednotku Placement algorithm - + Algoritmus umiestnenia Line color - + Farba línie Reuse last entered attribute values - + Znova použije posledné zadané hodnoty atribútov Validate geometries - + Overiť platnosť geometrií Enable 'on the &fly' reprojection by default - + Povoliť 'on the &fly' reprojekciu v predvolenom nastavení Select... - + Vybrať... Always start new projects with this CRS - + Vždy spustiť nové projekty s týmto súradnicovým systémom Network - + Sieť Exclude URLs (starting with) - + Vylúčiť URL adresy (začínajúce na) Cache settings - + Pamäťové nastavenia Directory - Adresár + Adresár @@ -35184,28 +35192,28 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val ... - ... + ... Size - Veľkosť + Veľkosť Clear - Vyčistiť + Vyčistiť WMS search address - + Vyhľadávač adresy WMS Timeout for network requests (ms) - + Časový limit pre sieťové požiadavky (ms) @@ -35215,17 +35223,17 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Zoom factor - Faktor zväčšenia + Faktor zväčšovania Mouse wheel action - Akcia kolieska myši + Akcia kolieska myši Rubberband color - Farba označovacieho obdĺžnika + Ellipsoid for distance calculations @@ -35234,32 +35242,32 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Search radius for identifying features and displaying map tips - Polomer vyhľadávania pri identifikácii objektov a zobrazovanie mapových tipov + Polomer vyhľadávania pri identifikácii objektov a zobrazovaní mapových tipov Line width - Hrúbka čiary + Hrúbka línie Default snap mode - Predvolený mód zameriavania + Predvolený režim prichytávania Vertex markers - Značky uzlov + Značky uzlov Marker style - Štýl značky + Štýl značky Override system locale - Nebrať do úvahy regionálne nastavenie systému + Ignorovať miestne nastavenie systému Display classification attribute names in legend @@ -35268,213 +35276,213 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Open identify results in a dock window (QGIS restart required) - + Otvoriť výsledky identifikácie v ukotvenom okne (vyžaduje reštart QGISu) <b>Note:</b> Use zero to prevent display updates until all features have been rendered - <b>Poznámka:</b> Zadanie nuly spôsobí, že zobrazenie nebude aktulizované kým nebudú vykreslené všetky objekty + <b>Poznámka:</b> Zadanie nuly zabráni zobrazeniu aktualizácií, pokiaľ nebudú vykreslené všetky objekty Use render caching where possible to speed up redraws - + Ak je to možné, použiť vyrovnávaciu pamäť na zrýchlenie vykresľovania SVG paths - + Cesty k SVG Path(s) to search for Scalable Vector Graphic (SVG) symbols - + Cesta(y) na vyhľadanie symbolov vo formáte SVG (Scalable Vector Graphic) Preferred measurements units - + Preferované meracie jednotky Meters - Metre + Metre Feet - Stopy + Stopy Identify - + Identifikovať Application - + Aplikácia Style <i>(QGIS restart required)</i> - + Štýl <i>(vyžaduje reštart QGISu)</i> 16 - 16 + 16 24 - 24 + 24 32 - 32 + 32 Add new layers to selected or current group - + Pridať nové vrstvy do vybranej alebo súčasnej skupiny <b>Note:</b> Specify the search radius as a percentage of the map width - <b>Poznámka</b> Určuje polomer vyhľadávania v percentách šírky mapy + <b>Poznámka</b> Upresňuje polomer vyhľadávania ako percento zo šírky mapy Mode - Mód + Režim Open feature form, if a single feature is identified - + Otvoriť formulár objektu, ak je identifikovaný jediný objekt Default snapping tolerance - + Predvolená tolerancia prichytávania Search radius for vertex edits - + Vyhľadávací polomer na editáciu uzlov Show markers only for selected features - + Zobraziť značky len u vybraných objektov Marker size - Veľkosť značky + Veľkosť značky Feature creation - + Vytváranie objektu Open snapping options in a dock window (QGIS restart required) - + Otvoriť možností prichytávania v ukotviteľnom okne (vyžaduje reštart QGISu) Curve offset tool - + Nástroj na odsadenie krivky Miter limit - + Limit úkosu Join style - + Pripojiť štýl Quadrant segments - + Segmenty kvadrantu GDAL driver options - + Možnosti ovládača GDAL GDAL drivers - + Ovládače GDAL Coordinate Reference System (CRS) - Referenčný súradnicový systém (CRS) + Referenčný súradnicový systém (CRS) CRS for new layers - + Súradnicový systém pre nové vrstvy When a new layer is created, or when a layer is loaded that has no CRS - + Vrstva po vytvorení alebo načítaní nemá žiadny súradnicový systém Default CRS for new projects - + Predvolený súradnicový systém pre nové projekty Automatically enable 'on the fly' reprojection if layers have different CRS - + Automaticky povoliť 'on the fly' reprojekciu, ak majú vrstvy odlišné súradnicové systémy <b>Note:</b> Enabling / changing overide on local requires an application restart - <b>Poznámka:</b> Zapnutie / zmena nastavenia vyžaduje rreštart aplikácie + <b>Poznámka:</b> Zmena miestneho nastavenia vyžaduje reštart aplikácie Use proxy for web access - Požitie Proxy servera pre webový prístup + Použiť proxy server pre webový prístup Host - Hostiteľ + Hostiteľ Port - Port + Port User - Používateľ + Používateľ Leave this blank if no proxy username / password are required - Pokiaľ nie potrebné užívateľské meno / heslo k proxy, nechajte toto pole prázdne + Pokiaľ nie je potrebné užívateľské meno / heslo k proxy, nechajte toto pole prázdne Password - Heslo + Heslo Open attribute table in a dock window @@ -35484,7 +35492,7 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val CRS - CRS + Súradnicový systém Prompt for CRS @@ -35501,12 +35509,12 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Suppress attributes pop-up windows after each created feature - + Skryje vyskakujúce okná pre zápis atribútov po každom vytvorenom objekte Proxy type - + Typ proxy @@ -35514,7 +35522,7 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Add - Pridať + Pridať @@ -35522,7 +35530,7 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val Remove - Odobrať + Odobrať @@ -35530,13 +35538,13 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val General - Všeobecné + Všeobecné Map tools - + Mapové nástroje Position @@ -35546,13 +35554,13 @@ Always network: always load from network and do not check if the cache has a val map units - + mapové jednotky pixels - + pixely @@ -36757,7 +36765,7 @@ Error: %2 New Connection... - + Nové pripojenie... @@ -36778,22 +36786,22 @@ Error: %2 Form - + Formulár Band - Kanál + Kanál Value - Hodnota + Hodnota Color - Farba + Farba @@ -39063,17 +39071,17 @@ SQL: %3 Loading layer %1 - + Načitávanie vrstvy %1 Unable to open %1 - + Nie je možné otvoriť %1 Project File Read Error - + Chyba pri čítaní súboru projektu @@ -39093,7 +39101,7 @@ SQL: %3 Unable to save to file %1 - + Nie je možné uložiť súbor %1 @@ -39111,7 +39119,7 @@ SQL: %3 Ignore - + Ignorovať @@ -39122,7 +39130,7 @@ SQL: %3 Unable to open one or more project layers. Choose ignore to continue loading without the missing layers. Choose cancel to return to your pre-project load state. Choose OK to try to find the missing layers. - + Nie je možné otvoriť jednu alebo viac vrstiev projektu. Vyberte možnosť Ignorovať na pokračovanie v načítávaní bez chýbajúcich vrstiev. Vyberte možnosť Zrušiť na vrátenie stavu projektu pred načítaním. Vyberte možnosť OK na vyskúšanie nájsť chýbajúce vrstvy. @@ -39130,22 +39138,22 @@ Choose ignore to continue loading without the missing layers. Choose cancel to r Select project file - + Vyberte súbor projektu QGis files - + Súbory QGISu Recursive embedding not possible - + Rekurzívne vloženie nie je možné It is not possible to embed layers / groups from the current project. - + Nie je možné vložiť vrstvy / skupiny zo súčasného projektu. @@ -39153,17 +39161,17 @@ Choose ignore to continue loading without the missing layers. Choose cancel to r Select layers and groups to embed - + Vyberte vrstvy a skupiny na vloženie Project file - + Súbor projektu ... - ... + ... @@ -39171,153 +39179,153 @@ Choose ignore to continue loading without the missing layers. Choose cancel to r Layer - Vrstva + Vrstva Type - Typ + Typ Identifiable - + Identifikovateľná Vector - + Vektor WMS - + WMS Raster - + Raster Coordinate System Restriction - + Obmedzenie súradnicového systému No coordinate systems selected. Disabling restriction. - + Nie je vybraný žiadny súradnicový systém. Zablokovanie obmedzenia. Selection color - Farba výberu + Výber farby Measure tool (CRS transformation: %1) - + Nástroj na meranie (transformácia súr. systému: %1) Canvas units (CRS transformation: %1) - + Jednotky mapového okna (transformácia súr. systému: %1) OFF - + Vypnúť ON - + Zapnúť CRS %1 was already selected - + Súradnicový systém %1 bol už vybraný Coordinate System Restrictions - + Obmedzenia súradnicového systému The current selection of coordinate systems will be lost. Proceed? - + Súčasný výber súradnicových systémov sa stratí. Pokračovať? Select print composer - + Vyberte tlačový výstup Composer Title - + Názov tlačového výstupu Select restricted layers and groups - + Vyberte obmedzené vrstvy a skupiny Enter scale - + Zadajte mierku Scale denominator - + Menovateľ mierky Load scales - + Načítať mierky XML files (*.xml *.XML) - + Súbory XML (*.xml *.XML) Save scales - + Uložiť mierky Parameters : - + Parametre : Parameters: - + Parametre: Can only use ellipsoidal calculations when CRS transformation is enabled - + Výpočty pomocou elipsoidu sú možné, len ak je povolená transformácia súradnicového systému Select a valid symbol - + Vyberte platný symbol Invalid symbol : - + Neplatný symbol : @@ -39330,7 +39338,7 @@ Proceed? General settings - + Všeobecné nastavenia @@ -39345,82 +39353,83 @@ Proceed? CRS - CRS + Súradnicový systém Coordinate Reference System - Referenčný súradnicový systém + Referenčný súradnicový systém Identify layers - + Identifikovať vrstvy Default styles - + Predvolené štýly OWS server - + OWS server Measure tool - Nástroj na meranie + Nástroj na meranie Ellipsoid (for distance calculations) - + Elipsoid +(pre výpočty vzdialenosti) Semi-major - + Hlavná poloos Semi-minor - + Vedľajšia poloos Degree - + Stupeň Degree display - + Zobrazenie stupňov Decimal degrees - Desiatkové stupne + Desatinné stupne Degrees, Minutes - + Stupne, minúty Degrees, Minutes, Seconds - + Stupne, minúty, sekundy Project scales - + Mierky projektu @@ -39432,224 +39441,224 @@ Proceed? ... - ... + ... Marker - + Značka Line - Línia + Línia Fill - + Výplň Color Ramp - Farebná škála + Farebná škála Style Manager - + Správca štýlov Options - + Možnosti Assign random colors to symbols - + Priradiť symbolom náhodné farby Title - + Názov Person - + Osoba Default symbols - + Predvolené symboly Transparency - Priehľadnosť + Priehľadnosť % - + % Service capabilitities - + Možnosti služby Phone - + Telefón Abstract - Abstrakt + Abstrakt E-Mail - + E-mail Organization - + Organizácia Online resource - + Online zdroj Min. X - + Min. X Min. Y - + Min. Y Max. X - + Max. X Max. Y - + Max Y Use Current Canvas Extent - + Použiť rozsah súčasného mapového okna Macros - + Makrá Fees - Poplatky + Poplatky Access constraints - + Obmedzenia prístupu Keyword list - + Zoznam kľúčových slov WMS capabilitities - + Možnosti WMS Exclude layers - + Vylúčiť vrstvy Advertised URL - + Uvádzaná URL adresa Width - + Šírka Height - Výška + Výška Maximums for GetMap request - + Maximá pre požiadavky GetMap Advertised extent - + Uvádzaný rozsah CRS restrictions - + Obmedzenia súr. systému Exclude composers - + Vylúčiť tlačové výstupy WFS capabilitities - + Možnosti WFS Update - Aktualizovať + Aktualizovať Insert - + Vložiť Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť Unselect all - + Zrušiť výber Select all - + Vybrať všetko Python macros - + Makrá jazyka Python Add @@ -39662,54 +39671,54 @@ Proceed? Used - + Použitý Add WKT geometry to feature info response - + Pridať WKT geometriu k odozve na informáciu o objekte Used when CRS transformation is turned off - + Používa sa, ak je transformácia súradnicového systému vypnutá Canvas units - + Jednotky mapového okna Published - + Puplikované Identifiable layers - + Identifikovateľné vrstvy Project layers - + Vrstvy projektu Layer - Vrstva + Vrstva Type - Typ + Typ Identifiable - + Identifikovateľná @@ -39777,17 +39786,17 @@ Proceed? absolute - + absolútne relative - + relatívne Save paths - + Uložiť cesty Enable topological editing @@ -39800,27 +39809,27 @@ Proceed? Project title - Názov projektu + Názov projektu Selection color - Farba výberu + Výber farby Background color - Farba pozadia + Farba pozadia Coordinate Reference System (CRS) - Referenčný súradnicový systém (CRS) + Referenčný súradnicový systém (CRS) Enable 'on the fly' CRS transformation - Povoliť priamy prevod medzi úsradnicovými systémami + Povoliť priamy prevod medzi súradnicovými systémami ('on the fly' transformáciu) @@ -39832,12 +39841,12 @@ Proceed? User Defined Coordinate Systems - Súradnicové systémy definované užívateľom + Užívateľom definované súradnicové systémy Geographic Coordinate Systems - Zemepisné súradnicové systémy + Geografické súradnicové systémy @@ -39847,14 +39856,14 @@ Proceed? Resource Location Error - Chyba pri lokalizácii zdrojov + Chyba pri lokalizácii zdroja Error reading database file from: %1 Because of this the projection selector will not work... - Chyba pri čítaní databázového súboru: + Chyba pri čítaní databázového súboru: %1 Kvôli tomu nebude fungovať výber mapového zobrazenia... @@ -39865,7 +39874,7 @@ Kvôli tomu nebude fungovať výber mapového zobrazenia... Authority ID - + ID autority Search @@ -39882,39 +39891,39 @@ Kvôli tomu nebude fungovať výber mapového zobrazenia... Coordinate Reference System Selector - Výber referenčného súradnicového systému + Výber referenčného súradnicového systému Filter - + Filter Recently used coordinate reference systems - + Nedávno použité referenčné súradnicové systémy Coordinate Reference System - Referenčný súradnicový systém + Referenčný súradnicový systém ID - ID + ID Coordinate reference systems of the world - + Referenčné súradnicové systémy sveta Hide deprecated CRSs - + Skryť zastaralé súr. systémy @@ -39922,12 +39931,12 @@ Kvôli tomu nebude fungovať výber mapového zobrazenia... &Test - + &Skúška &Clear - + &Vyčistiť No Query @@ -39940,7 +39949,7 @@ Kvôli tomu nebude fungovať výber mapového zobrazenia... Query Result - Výsledok dopytu + Výsledok dopytu @@ -39957,14 +39966,14 @@ Kvôli tomu nebude fungovať výber mapového zobrazenia... Query Failed - Dopyt zlyhal + Dopyt zlyhal An error occurred when executing the query. - + Vyskytla sa chyba pri vykonávaní dopytu. @@ -39972,17 +39981,19 @@ Kvôli tomu nebude fungovať výber mapového zobrazenia... The data provider said: %1 - + +Zdroj dát prehásil: +%1 Error in Query - Chyba v dopyte + Chyba v dopyte The subset string could not be set - + Podskupina reťazca nemohla byť nastavená @@ -39990,17 +40001,17 @@ The data provider said: Query Builder - Tvorba dopytov + Tvorba dopytov Datasource - Zdroj údajov + Zdroj dát Fields - Polia + Polia @@ -40008,7 +40019,7 @@ The data provider said: p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">List of fields in this vector file</p></body></html> - <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> + <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Zoznam polí v tomto vektorovom súbore</p></body></html> @@ -40016,7 +40027,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Values - Hodnoty + Hodnoty @@ -40027,7 +40038,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> -<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Zoznam hodnôt aktuálneho poľa.</p></body></html> +<p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Zoznam hodnôt súčasného poľa.</p></body></html> @@ -40043,7 +40054,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Sample - Vzorka + Vzorka @@ -40064,22 +40075,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Use unfiltered layer - + Použiť nefiltrovanú vrstvu Operators - Operátory + Operátory = - = + = < - < + < @@ -40089,17 +40100,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } OR - ALEBO + ALEBO AND - A + A % - % + % @@ -40114,12 +40125,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } != - != + != > - > + > @@ -40134,17 +40145,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } >= - >= + >= <= - <= + <= SQL where clause - SQL klauzula WHERE + SQL klauzula WHERE @@ -40203,17 +40214,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Enter result file - + Zadať súbor výsledku Expression valid - + Výraz platný Expression invalid - + Výraz neplatný @@ -40221,187 +40232,187 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Raster calculator - + Rastrová kalkulačka Raster bands - + Rastrové kanály Result layer - + Vrstva výsledku Output layer - + Výstupná vrstva ... - ... + ... Current layer extent - + Rozsah súčasnej vrstvy X min - + X min XMax - + X max Y min - + Y min Y max - + Y max Columns - Stĺpcov + Stĺpce Rows - + Riadky Output format - + Výstupný formát Add result to project - + Pridať výsledok do projektu Operators - Operátory + Operátory + - + + + * - * + * sqrt - + √ sin - + sin ^ - + acos - + arccos ( - + - - - + - / - / + / cos - + cos asin - + arcsin tan - + tg atan - + arctg ) - ) + ) < - < + < > - > + > = - = + = OR - ALEBO + ALEBO AND - A + A <= - <= + <= >= - >= + >= Raster calculator expression - + Výraz rastrovej kalkulačky @@ -42957,23 +42968,23 @@ standard deviation × Rule properties - + Vlastnosti pravidla Label - Popis + Popisok Filter - + Filter ... - ... + ... @@ -42983,38 +42994,38 @@ standard deviation × Description - Popis + Popis Scale range - + Rozsah mierky Min. scale - + Min. mierka 1 : - + 1 : Max. scale - + Max. mierka Symbol - + Symbol Error - Chyba + Chyba @@ -43025,7 +43036,7 @@ standard deviation × Evaluation error - + Chyba merania @@ -43033,8 +43044,6 @@ standard deviation × number of filtered features - - @@ -43082,32 +43091,32 @@ standard deviation × Renderer settings - + Nastavenia vykresľovača Layer rendering - + Vykresľovanie vrstvy Layer transparency - + Priehľadnosť vrstvy Feature blending mode - + Režim prelínania objektu Layer blending mode - + Režim prelínania vrstvy This renderer doesn't implement a graphical interface. - + Tento vykresľovač neimplementuje grafické rozhranie. @@ -43844,8 +43853,6 @@ standard deviation × test result - - @@ -43930,8 +43937,6 @@ standard deviation × number of geometry errors - - @@ -44007,17 +44012,17 @@ The error was: Color - Farba + Farba Border color - + Farba ohraničenia Border width - + Hrúbka ohraničenia @@ -44453,7 +44458,7 @@ enhancement Symbol levels... - + Úrovne symbolu... @@ -45029,8 +45034,6 @@ but implies better performance thereafter. selected geometries - - @@ -46050,153 +46053,157 @@ Updates to geometry values will be disabled, and query performance may be poor b Select all - + Vybrať všetko Clear selection - + Vyčistiť výber Import style(s) - + Importovať štýl(y) Select symbols to import - + Vybrať symboly na import Import - + Import Export style(s) - + Exportovať štýl(y) Export - + Export Export/import error - + Chyba exportu/importu You should select at least one symbol/color ramp. - + Mali by ste vybrať aspoň jeden symbol/farebnú škálu. Save styles - + Uložiť štýly XML files (*.xml *.XML) - + Súbory XML (*.xml *.XML) Error when saving selected symbols to file: %1 - + Chyba pri ukladaní vybraných symbolov do súboru: +%1 Import error - + Chyba importu An error occured during import: %1 - + Vyskytla sa chyba počas importu: +%1 Group Name - + Názov skupiny Please enter a name for new group: - + Zadajte prosím názov novej skupiny: imported - + importované New Group - + Nová skupina New group cannot be created without a name. Kindly enter a name. - + Nová skupina nemôže byť vytvorená bez názvu. Zadajte prosím názov. New group - + Nová skupina Cannot create a group without name. Enter a name. - + Nie je možné vytvoriť skupinu bez názvu. Zadajte názov. Duplicate names - + Duplicitné názvy Symbol with name '%1' already exists. Overwrite? - + Symbol s názvom '%1' už existuje. +Prepísať? Color ramp with name '%1' already exists. Overwrite? - + Farebná škála s názvom '%1' už existuje. +Prepísať? Load styles - + Načítať štýly XML files (*.xml *XML) - + Súbory XML (*.xml *.XML) Downloading style ... - + Sťahovanie štýlu ... HTTP Error! - + Chyba HTTP! Download failed: %1. - + Sťahovanie zlyhalo: %1. @@ -46204,27 +46211,27 @@ Overwrite? Styles import/export - + Štýly importu/exportu Import from - + Importovať z Location - Lokalita + Poloha Save to group - + Uložiť do skupiny Select symbols to export - + Vyberte symboly na export @@ -46232,58 +46239,58 @@ Overwrite? Marker symbol (%1) - + Symbol značky (%1) Line symbol (%1) - + Symbol línie (%1) Fill symbol (%1) - + Výplň symbolu (%1) Color ramp (%1) - + Farebná škála (%1) new symbol - + nový symbol Save symbol - + Uložiť symbol Symbol with name '%1' already exists. Overwrite? - + Symbol s názvom '%1' už existuje. Prepísať? Gradient - + Prechod Type here to filter symbols ... - + Zadajte tu filter symbolov ... Random - + Náhodne @@ -46302,157 +46309,161 @@ Overwrite? new marker - + nová značka new line - + nová línia new fill symbol - + nová výplň symbolu Symbol Name - + Názov symbolu Please enter a name for new symbol: - + Zadajte prosím názov nového symbolu: Cannot save symbol without name. Enter a name. - + Nie je možné uložiť symbol bez názvu. Zadajte názov. Color ramp type - + Typ farebnej škály Please select color ramp type: - + Vyberte prosím typ farebnej škály: new ramp - + nová škála new gradient ramp - + nová prechodová škála new random ramp - + nová náhodná škála Color Ramp Name - + Názov farebnej škály Please enter a name for new color ramp: - + Zadajte prosím názov novej farebnej škály: Save Color Ramp - + Uložiť farebnú škálu Cannot save color ramp without name. Enter a name. - + Nie je možné uložiť farebnú škálu bez názvu, Zadajte názov. Save color ramp - + Uložiť farebnú škálu Color ramp with name '%1' already exists. Overwrite? - + Farebná škála s názvom '%1' už existuje. Prepísať? Invalid Selection - + Neplatný výber The parent group you have selected is not user editable. Kindly select a user defined group. - + Materská skupina, ktorú ste vybrali, nie je editovateľná užívateľom. +Vyberte prosím skupinu definovanú užívateľom. Operation Not Allowed - + Operácia nie je povolená Creation of nested smart groups are not allowed Select the 'Smart Group' to create a new group. - + Vytvorenie včlenených inteligentných skupín nie je povolené. +Vyberte 'Inteligentnú skupinu' na vytvorenie novej skupiny. Invalid selection - + Neplatný výber Cannot delete system defined categories. Kindly select a group or smart group you might want to delete. - + Nie je možné odstrániť kategórie definované systémom. +Vyberte skupinu alebo inteligentnú skupinu, ktorú budete chcieť odstrániť. Error! - + Chyba! New group could not be created. There was a problem with your symbol database. - + Nová skupina nemohla byť vytvorená. +Nastal problém s Vašou databázou symbolov. Database Error - Chyba databázy + Chyba databázy There was a problem with the Symbols database while regrouping. - + Nastal problém s databázou symbolov pri preskupovaní. You have not selected a Smart Group. Kindly select a Smart Group to edit. - + Nevybrali ste inteligentnú skupinu. Vyberte prosím inteligentnú skupinu na úpravy. Database Error! - + Chyba databázy! There was some error while editing the smart group. - + Nastala nejaká chyba počas editovania inteligentnej skupiny. @@ -46460,42 +46471,42 @@ There was a problem with your symbol database. Style Manager - + Správca štýlov Marker - + Značka Line - Línia + Línia Fill - + Výplň Color ramp - + Farebná škála Tags - + Štítky Add item - + Pridať položku Share - + Zdielať Add @@ -46504,17 +46515,17 @@ There was a problem with your symbol database. Edit item - + Upraviť položku Edit - Upraviť + Upraviť Remove item - + Odobrať položku Remove @@ -46652,7 +46663,7 @@ There was a problem with your symbol database. Layer %1 - + Vrstva %1 @@ -46660,17 +46671,17 @@ There was a problem with your symbol database. Symbol Levels - + Úrovne symbolu Enable symbol levels - + Zapnúť úrovne symbolu Define the order in which the symbol layers are rendered. The numbers in the cells define in which rendering pass the layer will be drawn. - + Definujte poradie, v ktorom sú vykresľované vrstvy symbolu. Čísla v bunkách definujú, v ktorej vykresľovacej fáze bude vrstva vykreslená. @@ -46678,12 +46689,12 @@ There was a problem with your symbol database. Invalid Selection! - + Neplatný výber! Kindly select a symbol to add layer. - + Vyberte prosím symbol na pridanie do vrstvy. @@ -46691,37 +46702,37 @@ There was a problem with your symbol database. Symbol selector - + Voľba symbolu Symbol layers - + Vrstvy symbolu Add symbol layer - + Pridať vrstvu symbolu Remove symbol layer - + Odobrať vrstvu symbolu Lock layer's color - + Uzamknúť farbu vrstvy Move up - Posunúť nahor + Posunúť nahor Move down - Posunúť nadol + Posunúť nadol Color @@ -46745,32 +46756,32 @@ There was a problem with your symbol database. Symbol name - + Názov symbolu Please enter name for the symbol: - + Zadajte prosím názov symbolu: New symbol - + Nový symbol Save symbol - + Uložiť symbol Symbol with name '%1' already exists. Overwrite? - + Symbol s názvom '%1' už existuje. Prepísať? Transparency %1% - + Priehľadnosť %1% @@ -47450,27 +47461,27 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Discrete - Diskrétna + Prerušovaný Continuous - + Spojitý Gradient file : %1 - + Súbor prechodu: %1 License file : %1 - + Licenčný súbor: %1 Edit Stop Color - + Upraviť farbu zarážky @@ -47478,7 +47489,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Offset of the stop - + Odsadenie zarážky @@ -47486,13 +47497,13 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Please enter offset in percents (%) of the new stop - + Prosím zadajte odsadenie v percentách (%) novej zarážky Add Color Stop - + Pridať farbu zarážky @@ -47500,7 +47511,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Gradient color ramp - + Prechodová farebná škála Change @@ -47509,58 +47520,58 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Color 1 - + Farba 1 Color 2 - + Farba 2 Change... - + Zmeniť... Type - Typ + Typ Multiple stops - + Viacnásobné zarážky Offset (%) - + Odsadenie (%) Add stop - + Pridať zarážku Remove stop - + Odobrať zarážku Information - + Informácie Color - Farba + Farba Preview - Náhľad + Náhľad @@ -47749,8 +47760,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?deleted attributes count - - @@ -47759,8 +47768,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?not deleted attributes count - - @@ -47769,8 +47776,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?added attributes count - - @@ -47779,8 +47784,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?not added attributes count - - @@ -47799,8 +47802,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?changed attribute values count - - @@ -47809,8 +47810,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?not changed attribute values count - - @@ -47819,8 +47818,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?deleted features count - - @@ -47829,8 +47826,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?not deleted features count - - @@ -47839,8 +47834,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?added features count - - @@ -47849,8 +47842,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?not added features count - - @@ -47859,8 +47850,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?not added features count - - @@ -47869,8 +47858,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?changed geometries count - - @@ -47879,8 +47866,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?not changed geometries count - - @@ -47969,7 +47954,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Default Style - Predvolený štýl + Predvolený štýl QGIS Layer Style File (*.qml) @@ -47978,7 +47963,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Saved Style - Uložený štýl + Uložený štýl id @@ -48019,12 +48004,12 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Creation of spatial index successful - Vytvorenie priestorového indexu bolo úspešné + Vytvorenie priestorového indexu bolo úspešné Layer Properties - %1 - + Vlastnosti vrstvy - %1 Id @@ -48034,22 +48019,22 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Stop editing mode to enable this. - + Zastaviť režim úprav zapnutím tohto. Insert expression - + Vložiť výraz This button opens the query builder and allows you to create a subset of features to display on the map canvas rather than displaying all features in the layer - + Toto tlačítko otvorí Tvorcu dopytov a dovolí Vám vytvoriť podskupinu objektov, ktoré sa zobrazia v mapovom okne, skôr než zobrazenie všetkých objektov vo vrstve The query used to limit the features in the layer is shown here. To enter or modify the query, click on the Query Builder button - + Dopyt použitý na obmedzenie objektov vo vrstve je zobrazený tu. Na zadanie alebo upravenie dopytu, kliknite na tlačítko Tvorca dopytov Hidden @@ -48058,106 +48043,106 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Save Style - + Uložiť štýl Load layer properties from style file - + Načítať vlastnosti vrstvy zo súboru štýlu QGIS Layer Style File - + Súbor štýlu vrstvy QGISu SLD File - + Súbor SLD Load from file - + Načítať zo súboru Load from database - + Načítať z databázy Save in database (%1) - + Uložiť do databázy (%1) Load default style from: - + Načítať predvolený štýl z: Cancel - Zrušiť + Zrušiť Local database - + Miestna databáza Datasource database - + Databázový zdroj dát Loaded from Provider - + Načítaný zo zdroja No default style was found for this layer - + Nebol nájdený žiadny predvolený štýl pre túto vrstvu Save default style to: - + Uložiť predvolený štýl do: Load Style - + Načítať štýl Style saved - + Štýl uložený Save layer properties as style file - + Uložiť vlastnosti projektu ako súbor štýlu Error occured retrieving styles from database - + Vyskytla sa chyba pri vyberaní štýlov z databázy The retrieved style is not a valid named style. Error message: %1 - + Vybraný štýl nie je platný pomenovaný štýl. Hlásenie chyby: %1 Load layer properties from style file (.qml) @@ -48259,12 +48244,12 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Labels - Popisy + Popisky Display labels - Zobraziť popisy + Zobraziť popisky @@ -48276,46 +48261,46 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Restore Default Style - Obnoviť predvolený štýl + Obnoviť predvolený štýl Save As Default - Uložiť ako predvolený + Uložiť ako predvolený Description - Popis + Popis Properties - Vlastnosti + Vlastnosti Load Style ... - Nahrať štýl ... + Načítať štýl ... Save Style ... - Uložiť štýl ... + Uložiť štýl ... Style - + Štýl Labels (deprecated) - + Popisky (zastarané) @@ -48332,49 +48317,49 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Specify the coordinate reference system of the layer's geometry. - + Uviesť súradnicový systém geometrie vrstvy. Display - + Zobrazenie Layer info - + Informácie o vrstve Layer source - Zdroj vrstvy + Zdroj vrstvy Data source encoding - + Kódovanie zdroja dát Coordinate reference system - Referenčný súradnicový systém + Referenčný súradnicový systém Specify... - + Uviesť... Create spatial index - + Vytvoriť priestorový index Update extents - + Aktualizovať rozsahy @@ -48389,79 +48374,79 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Feature subset - + Podskupina objektu Map Tip display text - + Zobraziť text mapových tipov Inserts an expression into the action - + Vloží výraz do akcie Insert expression... - + Vložiť výraz... The valid attribute names for this layer - Platné mená atribútov pre túto vrstvu + Platné názvy atribútov pre túto vrstvu Inserts the selected field into the action - + Vloží vybrané pole do akcie Insert field - Vložiť pole + Vložiť pole HTML - + HTML Field - Pole + Pole Layer name - Meno vrstvy + Názov vrstvy displayed as - + zobrazená ako Joins - + Pripojenia Join layer - + Pripojiť vrstvu Join field - + Pripojiť pole Target field - + Cieľové pole Legend type @@ -48488,12 +48473,12 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Diagrams - + Diagramy Scale dependent visibility - Viditeľnosť závislá od mierky + Viditeľnosť v závislosti od mierky Background color @@ -48522,7 +48507,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Title - + Názov @@ -48591,43 +48576,43 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Layer CRS - + Súradnicový systém vrstvy Project CRS - + Súradnicový systém projektu Selected CRS - + Vybraný súradnicový systém No symbology - + Žiadna symbolika Feature symbology - + Symbolika objektu Symbol layer symbology - + Symbolika vrstvy symbolov Save layer as... - Uložiť vrstvu ako... + Uložiť vrstvu ako... Select the coordinate reference system for the vector file. The data points will be transformed from the layer coordinate reference system. - + Vyberte súradnicovýsystém pre vektorový súbor. Bodové dáta budú transformované zo súradnicového systému vrstvy. @@ -48635,78 +48620,78 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Save vector layer as... - + Uložiť vektorovú vrstvu ako... Add saved file to map - + Pridať uložený súbor do mapy CRS - CRS + Súradnicový systém Save as - Uložiť ako + Uložiť ako Browse - Prechádzať + Prechádzať Encoding - + Kódovanie Symbology export - + Export symboliky Format - Formát + Formát OGR creation options - + Možnosti vytvárania OGR Data source - Zdroj údajov + Zdroj dát Layer - Vrstva + Vrstva This allows one to surpress attribute creation as some OGR drivers (eg. DGN, DXF) don't support it. - + Zabráni vytvoreniu atribútu, ak ho nejaké ovládače OGR (napr. DGN, DXF) nepodporujú. Skip attribute creation - + Preskočiť vytvorenie atribútu 1: - 1: + 1: Scale - Mierka + Mierka @@ -48761,12 +48746,12 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Edit... - Upraviť... + Upraviť... Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť @@ -48774,7 +48759,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? New Connection... - + Nové pripojenie... @@ -48782,12 +48767,12 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Select a layer - + Vyberte vrstvu No CRS selected - + Nie je vybraný žiadny súradnicový systém @@ -48845,7 +48830,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Error - Chyba + Chyba @@ -48853,12 +48838,12 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? New Connection... - + Nové pripojenie... Create a new WFS connection - + Vytvoriť nové pripojenie WFS @@ -48944,12 +48929,12 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Coordinate reference system - Referenčný súradnicový systém + Referenčný súradnicový systém Server connections - + Serverové pripojenia @@ -48959,7 +48944,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť @@ -48979,38 +48964,38 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Filter: - Filter: + Filter: Display WFS FeatureTypes containing this word in the title, name or abstract - + Zobraziť typy objektov WFS obsahujúcich toto slovo v nadpise, názve alebo abstrakte Load connections from file - + Načítať pripojenia zo súboru Load - Nahrať + Načítať Save connections to file - + Uložiť pripojenia do súboru Save - Uložiť + Uložiť Use title for layer name - + Použiť nadpis pre názov vrstvy Title @@ -49027,7 +49012,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Add WFS Layer from a Server - Pridať zo servera vrstvu WFS + Pridať vrstvu WFS zo servera @@ -49062,12 +49047,12 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Edit... - Upraviť... + Upraviť... Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť @@ -49075,7 +49060,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? New Connection... - + Nové pripojenie... @@ -49131,8 +49116,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?crs count - - @@ -49146,8 +49129,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?crs count - - @@ -49181,8 +49162,6 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy?selected layer count - - @@ -49232,32 +49211,32 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Add Layer(s) from a Server - Pridať vrstvu (vrstvy) zo servera + Pridať vrstvu(y) zo servera Save connections to file - + Uložiť pripojenia do súboru C&onnect - &Pripojiť + &Pripojiť &New - &Nové + &Nové Edit - Upraviť + Upraviť Delete - Vymazať + Odstrániť @@ -49267,44 +49246,44 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Add default servers - Pridať zoznam serverov + Pridať predvolené servery ID - ID + ID Name - + Názov Title - + Nadpis Abstract - Abstrakt + Abstrakt Save - Uložiť + Uložiť Load connections from file - + Načítať pripojenia zo súboru Load - Nahrať + Načítať @@ -49314,22 +49293,22 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Feature limit for GetFeatureInfo - + Limit objektu pre GetFeatureInfo 10 - 10 + 10 Layer Order - + Poradie vrstvy Move selected layer UP - + Presunúť vybranú vrstvu NAHOR @@ -49339,7 +49318,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Move selected layer DOWN - + Presunúť vybranú vrstvu NADOL @@ -49350,13 +49329,13 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Layer - Vrstva + Vrstva Style - + Štýl @@ -49374,7 +49353,7 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? Format - Formát + Formát @@ -49384,12 +49363,12 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? CRS - CRS + Súradnicový systém Server Search - + Vyhľadávanie servera @@ -49399,47 +49378,47 @@ Majú byť pred klasifikáciou zmazané dosiaľ existujúce triedy? URL - URL + URL Description - Popis + Popis Add selected row to WMS list - + Pridať vybraný riadok do zoznamu WMS Image encoding - Kódovanie obrázka + Kódovanie obrázka Layers - Vrstvy + Vrstvy Options - + Možnosti Layer name - Meno vrstvy + Názov vrstvy Coordinate Reference System - Referenčný súradnicový systém + Referenčný súradnicový systém Change ... - Zmeniť ... + Zmeniť ... @@ -49824,8 +49803,6 @@ Response was: crs - - @@ -50385,8 +50362,6 @@ Response was: tile request count - - @@ -50396,8 +50371,6 @@ Response was: tile cache hits - - @@ -50407,8 +50380,6 @@ Response was: tile cache missed - - @@ -50418,8 +50389,6 @@ Response was: errors - - @@ -50515,8 +50484,6 @@ Tried URL: %1 crs - - @@ -51768,37 +51735,37 @@ about SEXTANTE Form - + Formulár Unit - + Jednotka Millimeter - + Milimeter Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Opacity - + Nepriehľadnosť Color - Farba + Farba Symbol - + Symbol Change @@ -51807,37 +51774,37 @@ about SEXTANTE Size - Veľkosť + Veľkosť Rotation - + Otočenie ° - + ° Width - + Šírka Saved styles - + Uložené štýly Symbol Name - + Názov symbolu Advanced - + Pokročilé @@ -51996,7 +51963,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Change @@ -52008,7 +51975,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Settings @@ -52021,22 +51988,22 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Colors - + Farby Fill - + Výplň Border - + Ohraničenie Symbol width - + Šírka symbolu @@ -52044,7 +52011,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Millimeter - + Milimeter @@ -52052,32 +52019,32 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Outline width - Hrúbka obrysu + Hrúbka obrysu Symbol height - + Výška symbolu Data defined properties... - + Vlastnosti definované dátami... Offset X,Y - + Odsadenie X, Y Rotation - + Otočenie @@ -52085,17 +52052,17 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Font family - + Druh písma Color - Farba + Farba Change @@ -52104,34 +52071,34 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Size - Veľkosť + Veľkosť Millimeter - + Milimeter Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Rotation - + Otočenie ° - + ° Offset X,Y - + Odsadenie X, Y @@ -52139,22 +52106,22 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Color - Farba + Farba Millimeter - + Milimeter Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Change @@ -52163,7 +52130,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Pen width - + Hrúbka pera @@ -52171,46 +52138,46 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Angle - Uhol + Uhol Distance - + Vzdialenosť Millimeter - + Milimeter Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Line width - Hrúbka čiary + Hrúbka línie Color - Farba + Farba Data defined properties... - + Vlastnosti definované dátami... Change @@ -52219,7 +52186,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Offset - + Odsadenie @@ -52227,12 +52194,12 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Line offset - + Odsadenie línie Change @@ -52241,7 +52208,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Marker placement - + Umiestnenie značky @@ -52252,13 +52219,13 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Millimeter - + Milimeter Map unit - + Mapová jednotka @@ -52283,7 +52250,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Data defined properties - + Vlastnosti definované dátami @@ -52296,7 +52263,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Change @@ -52305,7 +52272,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Horizontal distance - + Horizontálna vzdialenosť @@ -52313,7 +52280,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Millimeter - + Milimeter @@ -52321,27 +52288,27 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Vertical distance - + Vertikálna vzdialenosť Horizontal displacement - + Horizontálne umiestnenie Vertical displacement - + Vertikálne umiestnenie Data defined properties... - + Vlastnosti definované v dátach... @@ -52349,49 +52316,49 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Texture width - + Hrúbka textúry Millimeter - + Milimeter Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Rotation - + Otočenie Colors - + Farby Fill - + Výplň Border - + Ohraničenie Data defined properties... - + Vlastnosti definované dátami... Color @@ -52400,7 +52367,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Border width - + Hrúbka ohraničenia Change @@ -52409,17 +52376,17 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? SVG Groups - + Skupiny SVG SVG Symbols - + Symboly SVG ... - ... + ... @@ -52427,7 +52394,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Color @@ -52436,54 +52403,54 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Fill style - + Štýl výplne Colors - + Farby Border style - + Štýl ohraničenia Border width - + Hrúbka ohraničenia Millimeter - + Milimeter Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Offset X,Y - + Odsadenie X,Y Data defined properties... - + Vlastnosti definované dátami... Fill - + Výplň Border - + Ohraničenie Change @@ -52495,56 +52462,56 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Color - Farba + Farba Pen width - + Hrúbka pera Millimeter - + Milimeter Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Offset - + Odsadenie Pen style - + Štýl pera Join style - + Štýl spoja Cap style - + Štýl konca Change - Zmeniť + Zmeniť @@ -52554,7 +52521,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Data defined properties... - + Vlastnosti definované dátami... @@ -52567,66 +52534,66 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Fill - + Výplň Border - + Ohraničenie Size - Veľkosť + Veľkosť Millimeter - + Milimeter Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Outline width - Hrúbka obrysu + Hrúbka obrysu Angle - Uhol + Uhol ° - + ° Offset X,Y - + Odsadenie X,Y Data defined properties... - + Vlastnosti definované dátami... Colors - + Farby Change @@ -52638,56 +52605,56 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár Size - Veľkosť + Veľkosť Millimeter - + Milimeter Map unit - + Mapová jednotka Angle - Uhol + Uhol Colors - + Farby Fill - + Výplň Border - + Ohraničenie Offset X,Y - + Odsadenie X,Y Data defined properties... - + Vlastnosti definované dátami... Change @@ -52700,22 +52667,22 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Border width - + Hrúbka ohraničenia SVG Groups - + Skupina SVG SVG Image - + Obrázok SVG ... - ... + ... @@ -52723,22 +52690,22 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Form - + Formulár SVG Images - + Obrázky SVG SVG Groups - + Skupiny SVG ... - ... + ... @@ -52748,7 +52715,7 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? Relative path - + Relatívna cesta @@ -52844,12 +52811,12 @@ Would you like to add the new layer to the TOC? QGIS Plugin Template - QGIS šablóna zásuvného modulu + Šablóna zásuvného modulu QGISu Plugin Template - Šablóna zásuvného modulu + Šablóna zásuvného modulu @@ -52982,1405 +52949,18 @@ Run topology check again. Prerušiť - - context_help - - <h3>Project Properties</h3> -This dialog allows you to set a number of properties related to the <label>Project</label>. A Project is a saved set of layers and their settings, as well as other information required to restore the project from disk.<p> - -<a href="#general">General Tab</a><br/> -<a href="#crs">Coordinate Reference System (CRS) Tab</a><br/> -<a href="#layers">Identifiable layers Tab</a><br/> - -<a name="general"> -<h4>General Tab</h4> -</a> -<table border=1> -<tr><td><label>Project title</label></td><td>A descriptive title for the project. This title will be displayed in the title bar of the QGIS window</td></tr> -<tr><td><label>Selection color</label></td><td>Selected features are displayed on the map using this color.</td></tr> -<tr><td><label>Background color</label></td><td>The color of the map canvas.</td></tr> -<tr><td><label>Save paths</label></td><td>Ability to save the paths as absolute or relative.</td></tr> -<tr><td><label>Layer units</label></td><td>Choose the units appropriate for the layers in the project.</td></tr> -<tr><td><label>Precision</label></td><td>Use the manual setting to set the precision of the display in the status bar. As the mouse is moved over the map canvas, the coordinates are updated and displayed in the status bar using the precision you choose. Automatic (the default) results in a default precision based on the map units.</td></tr> -<tr><td><label>Digitizing</label></td><td>The option <label> Enable topological editing</label> enables editing and maintaining common boundaries in polygon mosaics. Editing a vertex in shared boundary will result in updating both boundaries.<p> -To avoid digitizing all vertices of the common boundary select <label>Avoid intersections of new polygons</label>. In the dialog window tick appropriate layers to which the new polygon will be adjusted. Draw the new polygon in the way it overlap the existing one, it will be cut automatically. <p> -<label>Snapping options</label> allows you to set the snapping tolerance in pixels or map units and the snapping mode: <label>to vertex</label>, <label>to segment</label>, <label>to vertex and segment</label> for every layer separately.</td></tr> - -</table> -<a name="crs"> -<h4>Coordinate Reference System (CRS) Tab</h4> -</a> -The Coordinate Reference System (CRS) tab allows you to set the projection for the current project and enable on the fly transformation. You do not need to have a saved project to setup and enable 'on the fly' CRS transformation. -<p>To use 'on the fly' CRS transformation, click the <label>Enable 'on the fly' CRS transformation</label> check box. Then choose the projection for the project (map canvas) from the list of Geographic or Projected coordinate systems. -<p>You can find a coordinate system by entering its name, EPSG code or the QGIS ID and clicking the <label>Find</label> button. -<p>The list of recently used coordinate systems will be available on the bottom for quick access. - -<a name="layers"> -<h4>Identifiable layers Tab</h4> -</a> -On this tab you can choose on which layers the identify tool will work. - - <h3>Vlastnosti projektu</h3> -Toto dialógové okno vám umožní nastaviť množstvo vlastností viažúcich sa na <label>Projekt</label>. Projekt je množina vrstiev a ich nastavení ako aj ďalšie informácie potrebné k tomu aby bolo možné načítať projekt z disku.<p> - -<h4>Záložka Všeobecné</h4> -<table border=1> -<tr> -<td>Názov projektu</td><td>popisný titulok projektu. Tento tiulok sa bude zobrazovať v titulnom riadku okna QGIS</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td>Mapové jednotky</td><td>Vyberte mapové jednotky zodpovedajúce vrstvám projektu</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td>Presnosť/Presnosť zobrazovanie polohy kurzora</td><td>Ručné nastavnie sa používa na nastavenie presnosti zobrazovania v stavovom riadku. Pri pohybe myšou po mapovom plátne sa súradnice v stavovom riadku automaticky aktualizujú a sú zobrazované s presnosťou nastavenou v tomto okne. Automaticky (predvolené nastavenia) zorbazovaná presnosť je nastavená na základe štandardnej presnosti mapových jednotiek.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td>Nastavenie digitalizácie</td><td>Nastavenie umožňuje určiť toleranciu zameriavania v pixeloch, hrúbku čiary používanej pri digitalizácii a farbu digitalizačnej čiary.</td> -</tr> -<tr><td>Farba výberu</td><td>Touto farbou budú na mape zobrazené všetky vybrané (označené) objekty.</td> -</tr> -</table> -<a anchor="projections"></a><h4>Záložka Mapové zobrazenia</h4> -Záložka Mapové zobrazovania umožňuje nastaviť mapové zobrazenie aktuálneho projektu a zapnúť priame prevody medzi zobrazeniami (OTF). Na nastavenie a zapnutie prevodu medzi zobrazeniami nie je potrebné uložiť projekt.<p> -Na zapnutie priemeho prevodu medzi mapovými zobrazeniami, kliknite na zaškrtávacie políčko <label>Zapnúť priame prevody medzi zobrazeniami</label>. Potom vyberte zo zoznamu zmepisných alebo mapových súradnicových systémov mapové zobrazenie zodpovedajúce projektu (na mapovom plátne) . -<p> -Príslušný súradnicový systém možno nájsť aj zadaním jeho PostGIS SRID, EPSG kódu, alebo QGIS SRSRID a následným kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Nájsť</label>. - - - - - <h3>Delimited Text File Layer</h3> -Loads and displays delimited text files -<p> -<a href="#re">Overview</a><br/> -<a href="#creating">Creating a delimited text layer</a><br/> -<a href="#csv">How the delimiter, quote, and escape characters work</a><br /> -<a href="#regexp">How regular expression delimiters work</a><br /> -<a href="#wkt">How WKT text is interpreted</a><br /> -<a href="#attributes">Attributes in delimited text files</a><br /> -<a href="#example">Example of a text file with X,Y point coordinates</a><br/> -<a href="#wkt_example">Example of a text file with WKT geometries</a><br/> -<a href="#python">Using delimited text layers in Python</a><br/> -</p> - -<h4><a name="re">Overview</a></h4> -<p>A &quot;delimited text file&quot; contains data in which each record starts on a new line, and -is split into fields by a delimiter such as a comma. -This type of file is commonly exported from spreadsheets (for example CSV files) or databases. -Typically the first line of a delimited text file contains the names of the fields. -</p> -<p> -Delimited text files can be loaded into QGIS as a layer. -The records can be displayed spatially either as a point -defined by X and Y coordinates, or using a Well Known Text (WKT) definition of a geometry which may -describe points, lines, and polygons of arbitrary complexity. The file can also be loaded as an attribute -only table, which can then be joined to other tables in QGIS. -</p> -<p> -In addition to the geometry definition the file can contain text, integer, and real number fields. QGIS -will choose the type of field based on its contents. -</p> -<h4><a name="creating">Creating a delimited text layer</a></h4> -<p>Creating a delimited text layer involves choosing the data file, defining the format (how each record is to -be split into fields), and defining the geometry is represented. -This is managed with the delimited text dialog as detailed below. -The dialog box displays a sample from the beginning of the file which shows how the format -options have been applied. -</p> -<h5>Choosing the data file</h5> -<p>Use the &quot;Browse...&quot; button to select the data file. Once the file is selected the -layer name will automatically be populated based on the file name. The layer name is used to represent -the data in the QGIS legend. -</p> -<p> -By default files are assumed to be encoded as UTF-8. However other file -encodings can be selected. For example &quot;System&quot; uses the default encoding for the operating system. -It is safer to use an explicit coding if the QGIS project needs to be portable. -</p> -<h5>Specifying the file format</h5> -<p>The file format can be one of -<ul> - <li>CSV file format. This is a format commonly used by spreadsheets, in which fields are delimited - by a comma character, and quoted using a &quot;(quote) character. Within quoted fields, a quote - mark is entered as &quot;&quot;.</li> - <li>Selected delimiters. Each record is split into fields using one or more delimiter character. - Quote characters are used for fields which may contain delimiters. Escape characters may be used - to treat the following character as a normal character (ie to include delimiter, quote, and - new line characters in text fields). The use of delimiter, quote, and escape characters is detailed <a href="#csv">below</a>. - <li>Regular expression. Each line is split into fields using a &quot;regular expression&quot; delimiter. - The use of regular expressions is details <a href="#regexp">below</a>. -</ul> -<h5>Record and field options</h5> -<p>The following options affect the selection of records and fields from the data file</p> -<ul> - <li>Number of header lines to discard: used to ignore header lines at the beginning of the text file</li> - <li>First record has fields names: if selected then the first record in the file (after the discarded lines) is interpreted as names of fields, rather than as a data record.</li> - <li>Trim fields: if selected then leading and trailing whitespace characters will be removed from each field (except quoted fields). </li> - <li>Discard empty fields: if selected then empty fields (after trimming) will be discard. This - affects the alignment of data into fields and is equivalent to treating consecutive delimiters as a - single delimiter. Quoted fields are never discarded.</li> - <li>Decimal point is comma: if selected then commas are used as the decimal point in real numbers. For - example <tt>-51,354</tt> is equivalent to -51.354. - </li> -</ul> -<h5>Geometry definition</h5> -<p>The geometry is can be define as one of</p> -<ul> - <li>Point coordinates: each feature is represented as a point defined by X and Y coordinates.</li> - <li>Well known text (WKT) geometry: each feature is represented as a well known text string, for example - <tt>POINT(1.525622 51.20836)</tt>. See details of the <a href="#wkt">well known text</a> format. - <li>No geometry (attribute only table): records will not be displayed on the map, but can be viewed - in the attribute table and joined to other layers in QGIS</li> -</ul> -<p>For point coordinates the following options apply:</p> -<ul> - <li>X field: specifies the field containing the X coordinate</li> - <li>Y field: specifies the field containing the Y coordinate</li> - <li>DMS angles: if selected coordinates are represented as degrees/minutes/seconds - or degrees/minutes. QGIS is quite permissive in its interpretation of degrees/minutes/seconds. - A valid DMS coordinate will contain three numeric fields with an optional hemisphere prefix or suffix - (N, E, or + are positive, S, W, or - are negative). Additional non numeric characters are - generally discarded. For example <tt>N41d54'01.54&quot;</tt> is a valid coordinate. - </li> -</ul> -<p>For well known text geometry the following options apply:</p> -<ul> - <li>Geometry field: the field containing the well known text definition.</li> - <li>Geometry type: one of &quot;Detect&quot; (detect), &quot;Point&quot;, &quot;Line&quot;, or &quot;Polygon&quot;. - QGIS layers can only display one type of geometry feature (point, line, or polygon). This option selects - which geometry type is displayed in text files containing multiple geometry types. Records containing - other geometry types are discarded. - If &quot;Detect&quot; is selected then the type of the first geometry in the file will be used. - &quot;Point&quot; includes POINT and MULTIPOINT WKT types, &quot;Line&quot; includes LINESTRING and - MULTLINESTRING WKT types, and &quot;Polygon&quot; includes POLYGON and MULTIPOLYGON WKT types. -</ul> - -<h4><a name="csv">How the delimiter, quote, and escape characters work</a></h4> -<p>Records are split into fields using three character sets: -delimiter characters, quote characters, and escape characters. -Other characters in the record are considered as data, split into -fields by delimiter characters. -Quote characters occur in pairs and cause the text between them to be treated as a data. Escape characters cause the character following them to be treated as data. -</p> -<p> -Quote and escape characters cannot be the same as delimiter characters - they -will be ignored if they are. Escape characters can be the same as quote characters, but behave differently -if they are.</p> -<p>The delimiter characters are used to mark the end of each field. If more than one delimiter character -is defined then any one of the characters can mark the end of a field. The quote and escape characters -can override the delimiter character, so that it is treated as a normal data character.</p> -<p>Quote characters may be used to mark the beginning and end of quoted fields. Quoted fields can -contain delimiters and may span multiple lines in the text file. If a field is quoted then it must -start and end with the same quote character. Quote characters cannot occur within a field unless they -are escaped.</p> -<p>Escape characters which are not quote characters force the following character to be treated as data. -(that is, to stop it being treated as a new line, delimiter, or quote character). -</p> -<p>Escape characters that are also quote characters have much more limited effect. They only apply within quotes and only escape themselves. For example, if -<tt>'</tt> is a quote and escape character, then the string -<tt>'Smith''s&nbsp;Creek'</tt> will represent the value Smith's&nbsp;Creek. -</p> - - -<h4><a name="regexp">How regular expression delimiters work</a></h4> -<p>Regular expressions are mini-language used to represent character patterns. There are many variations -of regular expression syntax - QGIS uses the syntax provided by the <a href="http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qregexp.html">QRegExp</a> class of the <a href="http://qt.digia.com">Qt</a> framework.</p> -<p>In a regular expression delimited file each line is treated as a record. Each match of the regular expression in the line is treated as the end of a field. -If the regular expression contains capture groups (eg <tt>(cat|dog)</tt>) - then these are extracted as fields. - If this is not desired then use non-capturing groups (eg <tt>(?:cat|dog)</tt>). -</p> -<p>The regular expression is treated differently if it is anchored to the start of the line (that is, the pattern starts with <tt>^</tt>). -In this case the regular expression is matched against each line. If the line does not match it is discarded -as an invalid record. Each capture group in the expression is treated as a field. The regular expression -is invalid if it does not have capture groups. As an example this can be used as a (somewhat -unintuitive) means of loading data with fixed width fields. For example the -expression -<pre> -^(.{5})(.{10})(.{20})(.{20}).* -</pre> -<p>will extract four fields of widths 5, 10, 20, and 20 characters from each line. -Lines less than 45 characters long will be discarded. -</p> - - -<h4><a name="wkt">How WKT text is interpreted</a></h4> -<p> -The delimited text layer recognizes the following -<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Well-known_text">well known text</a> types - -<tt>POINT</tt>, <tt>MULTIPOINT</tt>, <tt>LINESTRING</tt>, <tt>MULTILINESTRING</tt>, <tt>POLYGON</tt>, and <tt>MULTIPOLYGON</tt>. -It will accept geometries with -a Z coordinate (eg <tt>POINT&nbsp;Z</tt>), a measure (<tt>POINT&nbsp;M</tt>), or both (<tt>POINT&nbsp;ZM</tt>). -</p> -<p> -It can also handle the PostGIS EWKT variation, in which the geometry is preceded by an spatial reference -system id (eg <tt>SRID=4326;POINT(175.3&nbsp;41.2)</tt>), and a variant used by Informix in which the WKT is -preceded by an integer spatial reference id (eg <tt>1 POINT(175.3&nbsp;41.2)</tt>). -In both cases the SRID is ignored. -</p> - - - -<h4><a name="attributes">Attributes in delimited text files</a></h4> -<p>Each record in the delimited text file is split into fields representing -attributes of the record. Usually the attribute names are taken from the first -data record in the file. However if this does not contain attribute names, then they will be named <tt>field_1</tt>, <tt>field_2</tt>, and so on. -Also if records have more fields than are defined in the header record then these -will be named <tt>field_#</tt>, where # is the field number (note that empty fields at the end of a record are ignored). -QGIS may override -the names in the text file if they are numbers, or have names like <tt>field_#</tt>, -or are duplicated. -</p> -<p> -In addition to the attributes explicitly in the data file QGIS assigns a unique -feature id to each record which is the line number in the source file on which -the record starts. -</p> -<p> -Each attribute also has a data type, one of string (text), integer, or real number. -The data type is inferred from the content of the fields - if every non blank value -is a valid integer then the type is integer, otherwise if it is a valid real -number then the type is real, otherwise the type is string. Note that this is -based on the content of the fields - quoting fields does not change the way they -are interpreted. -</p> - - -<h4><a name="example">Example of a text file with X,Y point coordinates</a></h4> -<pre> -X;Y;ELEV<br /> --300120;7689960;13<br /> --654360;7562040;52<br /> -1640;7512840;3<br /> -</pre> -<p>This file:</p> -<ul> -<li> Uses <b>;</b> as delimiter. Any character can be used to delimit the fields.</li> -<li>The first row is the header row. It contains the field names X, Y and ELEV.</li> -<li>The x coordinates are contained in the X field.</li> -<li>The y coordinates are contained in the Y field.</li> -</ul> -<h4><a name="wkt_example">Example of a text file with WKT geometries</a></h4> -<pre> -id|wkt<br /> -1|POINT(172.0702250 -43.6031036)<br /> -2|POINT(172.0702250 -43.6031036)<br /> -3|POINT(172.1543206 -43.5731302)<br /> -4|POINT(171.9282585 -43.5493308)<br /> -5|POINT(171.8827359 -43.5875983)<br /> -</pre> -<p>This file:</p> -<ul> - <li>Has two fields defined in the header row: id and wkt. - <li>Uses <b>|</b> as a delimiter.</li> - <li>Specifies each point using the WKT notation -</ul> - -<h4><a name="python">Using delimited text layers in Python</a></h4> -<p>Delimited text data sources can be creating from Python in a similar way to other vector layers. -The pattern is: -</p> -<pre> -from PyQt4.QtCore import QUrl, QString<br /> -from qgis.core import QgsVectorLayer, QgsMapLayerRegistry<br /> -<br /> -# Define the data source<br /> -filename="test.csv"<br /> -uri=QUrl.fromLocalFile(filename)<br /> -uri.addQueryItem("type","csv")<br /> -uri.addQueryItem("delimiter","|")<br /> -uri.addQueryItem("wktField","wkt")<br /> -# ... other delimited text parameters<br /> -layer=QgsVectorLayer(QString(uri.toEncoded()),"Test CSV layer","delimitedtext")<br /> -# Add the layer to the map<br /> -if layer.isValid():<br /> - QgsMapLayerRegistry.instance().addMapLayer( layer )<br /> -</pre> -<p>This could be used to load the second example file above.</p> -<p>The configuration of the delimited text layer is defined by adding query items to the uri. -The following options can be added -</p> -<ul> - <li><tt>encoding=..</tt> defines the file encoding. The default is &quot;UTF-8&quot;</li> - <li><tt>type=(csv|regexp|whitespace)</tt> defines the delimiter type. Valid values are csv, - regexp, and whitespace (which is just a special case of regexp). The default is csv.</li> - <li><tt>delimiter=...</tt> defines the delimiters that will be used for csv formatted files, - or the regular expression for regexp formatted files. The default is , for CSV files. There is - no default for regexp files.</li> - <li><tt>quote=..</tt> (for csv files) defines the characters used to quote fields. The default is &quot;</li> - <li><tt>escape=..</tt> (for csv files) defines the characters used to escape the special meaning of the next character. The default is &quot;</li> - <li><tt>skipLines=#</tt> defines the number of lines to discard from the beginning of the file. The default is 0.</li> - <li><tt>useHeader=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether the first data record contains the names of the data fields. The default is yes.</li> - <li><tt>trimFields=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether leading and trailing whitespace is to be removed from unquoted fields. The default is no.</li> - <li><tt>maxFields=#</tt> defines the maximum number of fields that will be loaded from the file. - Additional fields in each record will be discarded. The default is 0 - include all fields. - (This option is not available from the delimited text layer dialog box).</li> - <li><tt>skipEmptyFields=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether empty unquoted fields will be discarded (applied after trimFields). The default is no.</li> - <li><tt>decimalPoint=.</tt> specifies an alternative character that may be used as a decimal point in numeric fields. The default is a point (full stop) character.</li> - <li><tt>wktField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field containing a well known text geometry definition</li> - <li><tt>xField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field the X coordinate (only applies if wktField is not defined)</li> - <li><tt>yField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field the Y coordinate (only applies if wktField is not defined)</li> - <li><tt>geomType=(auto|point|line|polygon|none)</tt> specifies type of geometry for wkt fields, or none to load the file as an attribute-only table. The default is auto.</li> - <li><tt>subset=expression</tt> specifies an expression used to identify a subset of the records that will be - used.</li> - <li><tt>crs=...</tt> specifies the coordinate system to use for the vector layer, in a format accepted by QgsCoordinateReferenceSystem.createFromString (for example &quot;EPSG:4167&quot;). If this is not - specified then a dialog box may request this information from the user - when the layer is loaded (depending on QGIS CRS settings).</li> - <li><tt>subsetIndex=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should build an index to define subset during the initial file scan. The index will apply both for explicitly defined subsets, and for the implicit subset of features for which the geometry definition is valid. By default the subset index is built if it is applicable. This option is not available from the GUI.</li> - <li><tt>spatialIndex=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should build a spatial index during the initial file scan. By default the spatial index is not built. </li> - <li><tt>useWatcher=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should use a file system watcher to monitor for changes to the file. This option is not available from the GUI</li> - <li><tt>quiet=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether errors encountered loading the layer are presented in a dialog box (they will be written to the QGIS log in any case). The default is no. This option is not available from the GUI</li> -</ul> - - - - <h3>Modul na prácu s vrstvou z oddeleného textu</h3> -<i>Tento súbor pomocníka nie je preložený do vášho jazyka. Pokiaľ aby ste radi pomohli s jeho vytvorením, kontaktujte vývojársky tím QGIS.</i><hr> -Loads and displays delimited text files containing x,y coordinates. -<p> -<p> -<a href="#re">Requirements</a><br/> -<a href="#example">Example of a valid text file</a><br/> -<a href="#notes">Notes</a><br/> - -<a name="re"> -<h4>Requirements</h4> -</a> -To view a delimited text file as layer, the text file must contain: -<ol> -<li>A delimited header row of field names. This must be the first line in the text file.</li> -<li>The header row must contain an X and Y field. These fields can have any name.</li> -<li>The <B>x</B> and <B>y</B> coordinates must be specified as a number. The coordinate system is not important.</li> -</ol> -<a name="example"> -<h4>Example of a valid text file</h4> -</a> -X;Y;ELEV<br/> --300120;7689960;13<br/> --654360;7562040;52<br/> -1640;7512840;3<br/> -[...]<br/> -<a name="notes"> -<h4>Notes</h4> -</a> -<ol> -<li>The example text file uses <b>;</b> as delimiter. Any character can be used to delimit the fields.</li> -<li>The first row is the header row. It contains the fields X, Y and ELEV.</li> -<li>No quotes (") are used to delimit text fields.</li> -<li>The x coordinates are contained in the X field.</li> -<li>The y coordinates are contained in the Y field.</li> -</ol> - - - <h3>Add PostGIS Tables</h3> -This dialog allows you to add PostGIS layers (tables with a geometry column) to the QGIS map canvas. -<p> -<a href="#connect">Connections</a><br/> -<a href="#add">Adding Layers</a><br/> -<a href="#filter">Filtering a Layer</a><br/> -<a href="#search">Search options</a><br/> - -<a href="#connect"> -<h4>Connections</h4> -</a> -<ul> -<li>Choose the connection to use from the drop-down box and click <label>Connect</label>. -<li>If there are no connections, use the <label>New</label> button to create a connection. -<li>To modify a connection, click the <label>Edit</label> button. -</ul> -<a name="add"> -<h4>Adding Layers</h4> -</a> -To add a layer: -<ol> -<li>Choose the desired connection from the drop-down box. -<li>Click <label>Connect</label>. -<li>Find the layer you want to add in the list and click on it to select it. -<li>You can select additional layers by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking. -<li>Click <label>Add</label> to add the layer(s) to the map. -</ol> -<a name="filter"> -<h4>Filtering a Layer</h4> -</a> -To filter a layer before adding it to the map, double click on its name or use <label>Build query</label> button. This will open the Query Builder, allowing you to build up a SQL statement to use in filtering the records. - -<a name="search"> -<h4>Search options</h4> -</a> -Ticking <label>Search options</label> enables additional options for searching in different column types and using 2 search modes: <label>Wildcard</label> or <label>RegExp</label>. - - <h3>Pridanie tabuliek PostGIS</h3> -Toto dialógové okno slúži na pridanie vrstiev PostGIS (tabuliek so stĺpcom obsahujúcim geometriu) na mapové plátno QGISu. -<p> -<a href="#connect">Spojenia</a><br/> -<a href="#add">Pridávanie vrstiev</a><br/> -<a href="#filter">Filtrovanie vrstiev</a><br/> - -<a name="connect"> -<h4>Spojenia</h4> -</a> -<ul> -<li>Z rozbaľovacieho menu vyberte spojenie, ktoré chcete použiť a kliknite na tlačidlo <label>Pripojiť</label>. -<li>Pokiaľ nie sú na výber žiadne spojenia, použite tlačidlo <label>Nové</label> na vytvorenie nového spojenia. -<li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Upraviť</label> môžete upraviť nastavenie spojenia. -</ul> -<a name="add"> -<h4>Pridávanie vrstiev</h4> -</a> -Postup na pridanie vrstvy: -<ol> -<li>V rozbaľovacom menu vyberte požadované spojenie. -<li>Kliknite na tlačidlo <label>Pripojiť</label>. -<li>Nájdite v zozname vrstvu, ktorú chcete pridať klikním ju označte. -<li>Klikaním so stlačenou klávesou Ctrl môžete označiť naraz viacero vrstiev. -<li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Pridať</label> sa ozančené vrstva/vrstvy pridajú do mapy. -</ol> -<a name="filter"> -<h4>Filtrovanie vrstiev</h4> -</a> -Obsah vrstvy možno pred pridaním do mapy filtrovať. Dvojklikom na názov vrstvy sa otvorí nástroj na tvorbu dopytov, ktorý umožňuje vytvoriť SQL dopyt, ktorý sa použije ako filter záznamov. - - - - - <h3>Create a New PostgreSQL Connection</h3> -This dialog allows you to define the settings for a connection to a PostgreSQL database. -<p> -<ul> -<li> <label>Name</label> A name to identify the connection settings. - -<li> <label>Service</label> A name of a service listed in the <a href="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-pgservice.html">Connection Service File</a>. - -<li> <label>Host</label> Name or IP address of the computer hosting the database server (leave blank for local connections or services). - -<li> <label>Port</label> IP port used by the database server (leave blank for local connections or to use default port 5432). - -<li> <label>Database</label> Name of the database (leave blank for default database). - -<li> <label>SSL mode</label> <a href="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.0/static/libpq-ssl.html#LIBPQ-SSL-SSLMODE-STATEMENTS">SSL mode</a> of the connection - -<li> <label>Username</label> Database user name. -<li> <label>Password</label> Database password. - -<li> <label>Save Username</label> Indicates whether to save the database user name in the connection configuration. - -<li> <label>Save Password</label> Indicates whether to save the database password in the connection settings. <font color="red">Passwords are saved in <strong>clear text</strong> in the system configuration and in the project files!</font> - -<li> <label>Only look in the geometry_columns table</label> Indicates that only "listed" geometry columns should be used - opposed to scanning all tables for geometry columns. - -<li> <label>Only look in the 'public' schema</label> Indicates that only tables in the 'public' schema should be considers - opposed to all accessible tables. - -<li> <label>Also list tables with no geometry</label> Indicates that tables without geometry should also be listed by default. - -<li> <label>Use estimated table metadata</label> When initializing layers, various queries may be needed to establish the characteristics of the geometries stored in the database table. When this option is checked, these queries examine only a sample of the rows and use the table statistics, rather than the entire table. This can drastically speed up operations on large datasets, but may result in incorrect characterization of layers (eg. the <font color="red">feature count</font> of filtered layers will not be accurately determined). - -</ul> - - <h3>Nové spojenie PostGIS</h3> -Na vytvorenie nového spojenia PostGIS je potrebné vedieť adresu hostiteľského počítača, port a prihlasovacie meno a heslo na databázový server. -<h4>Požadované parametre</h4> -<ul> -<li><label>Meno</label> - popisný názov pre toto spojenie -<li><label>Hostiteľ</label> - názov (adresa) hostiteľského počítača databázy (napr. madison.qgis.org) -<li><label>Databáza</label> - meno databázy na ktorú sa pripájame -<li><label>Port</label> - port na ktorom počúva databáza PostgreSQL. Štandardným portom je port 5432. Pokiaľ si nie ste istý v tomto nastavení, poraďte sa s vaším správcom databázy. -<li><label>Meno užívateľa</label> - prihlasovacie meno k vašej databáze -<li><label>Heslo</label> - vaše heslo do databázy -</ul> -<h4>Voľby</h4> -<ol> -<li><label>Uložiť heslo</label> - vaše heslo sa uloží takže ho zakaždým nebudete musieť zadávať. Heslo je ukladane ako čistý text v nastaveniach QGISu. -<li><label>Prezerať len tabuľku geometry_columns</label> - zvyčajne QGIS preveruje každú tabuľku v databáze a zisťuje, či má stĺpec s geometriou. V prípade že je táto podmienka splnená pridá tabuľku do zoznamu vrstiev. Zaškrtnutím tohoto políčka QGIS zobrazí len zoznam tých tabuliek ktoré boli "zaregistrované" t.j. majú svoj záznam v tabuľke geometry_columns. -<li><label>Prezerať len schému 'public'</label> - obmedzí vyhľadávanie vrstiev len na schému public -</ol> -<h4>Skúška spojenia</h4> -Kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Vyskúšať spojenie</label> sa inicializuje spojenie attempt to the database using the parameters you specified. Toto je dobrý spôsob akpo vyskúšať parametre spojenia predtým než bude spojenie uložené. - - - - <h3>GPS Plugin</h3> - - - <h3>Zásuvný modul na prácu s GPS</h3> - - - - <h3>Create New Vector Layer</h3> -To create a new layer for editing, choose <label>New Vector Layer</label> from the <label>Layer</label> menu.<br/> -With this dialog you can create a shape file layer. -<h4>Type</h4> -Choose the type of layer <label>Point</label>, <label>Line</label> or <label>Polygon</label>.<br/> -Click on <label>Specify CRS</label> button to change the coordinate reference system of the layer if needed. -<h4>New attribute</h4> -Add the desired attributes by clicking on the <label>Add to attributes list</label> button after you have specified a name and type for the attribute. Only real, integer, and string attributes are supported.<br/> -You can also define the width and precision of the new attribute column. -<h4>Attributes list</h4> -In this section you can see the list of attributes. To delete one of them, click on it and choose <label>Remove selected attribute</label> button. - - <h3>Tvorba novej vektorovej vrstvy</h3> - - - - - <h3>Vector Layer Properties</h3> -This dialog allows you to work with vector layer settings and properties. There are seven tabs: -<p> -<a href="#symbology">Symbology</a><br/> -<a href="#labels">Labels</a><br/> -<a href="#attributes">Attributes</a><br/> -<a href="#general">General</a><br/> -<a href="#metadata">Metadata</a><br/> -<a href="#actions">Actions</a><br/> -<a href="#diagram">Diagram Overlay</a><br/> - -<a name="symbology"> -<h4>Symbology</h4> -</a> -To change the symbology for a layer, simply double click on its legend entry and the vector <label>Layer Properties</label> dialog will be shown.<p> -Within this dialog you can style your vector layer. Depending on the selected rendering option you have the possibility to also classify your map features. - -<h5>Legend type</h5> -QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are displayed. Currently the following renderers are available: -<ul> -<li><label>Single symbol</label> - a single style is applied to every object in the layer. -<li><label>Graduated symbol</label> - objects within the layer are displayed with different symbols classified by the values of a particular field. -<li><label>Continuous color</label> - objects within the layer are displayed with a spread of colors classified by the numerical values within a specified field. -<li><label>Unique value</label> - objects are classified by the unique values within a specified field with each value having a different symbol. -</ul> - -<h5>New symbology</h5> -Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer. - -<h5>Vector transparency</h5> -QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers. - -<h5>Saving styles</h5> -Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/> -If you wish to always use a particular style whenever the layer is loaded, use the <label>Save As Default</label> button to make your style the default. Also, if you make changes to the style that you are not happy with, use the <label>Restore Default Style</label> button to revert to your default style. - -<a name="labels"> -<h4>Labels</h4> -</a> -The Labels tab allows you to enable labeling features and control a number of options related to fonts, placement, style, alignment and buffering.<br/> -Check the <label>Display labels</label> check box to enable labeling. - -<h5>Basic Label options</h5> -Choose the field to label with.<p> -Select the use the <label>Font</label> and <label>Color</label> buttons to set the font and color. You can also change the angle and the placement of the text-label.<p> -If have labels extending over several lines, check <label>Multiline labels?</label>. QGIS will check for a true line return in your label field and insert the line breaks accordingly. A true line return is a single character &#92;n, (not two separate characters, like a backslash &#92; followed by the character n). - -<h5>Placement</h5> -Change the label placement by selecting one of the radio buttons in the <label>Placement</label> group. - -<h5>Font size units</h5> -The <label>Font size units</label> allows you to select between <label>Points</label> or <label>Map units</label>. - -<h5>Buffer labels</h5> -To buffer the labels means putting a backdrop around them to make them stand out better. To buffer the lakes labels: -<ol> -<li>Click the <label>Buffer Labels</label> check box to enable buffering. -<li>Choose a size for the buffer using the spin box. -<li>Choose a color by clicking on <label>Color</label> and choosing your favorite from the color selector. You can also set some transparency for the buffer if you prefer. -<li>Click <label>Apply</label> to see if you like the changes. -</ol> -Notice you can also specify the buffer size in map -units if that works out better for you. - -<h5>Data defined placement, properties, buffer, position</h5> -The remaining entries inside the <label>Label</label> tab allow you control the appearance of the labels using attributes stored in the layer. The entries beginning with <label>Data defined</label> allow you to set all the parameters for the labels using fields in the layer. - - -<a name="attributes"> -<h4>Attributes</h4> -</a> -Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selected data set can be manipulated. The buttons <label>New Column</label> and <label>Delete Column</label> can be used, when the data set is in editing mode. The OGR library supports to add new columns, but not to remove them, if you have a GDAL version >= 1.6 installed. Otherwise only columns from PostGIS layers can be edited.<p> -The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p> -Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/> -<ul> -<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes). -<li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog. -<li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box. -<li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used. -<li><label>File name</label> Simplifies the selection by adding a file chooser dialog. -<li><label>Value map</label> a combo box with predefined items. The value is stored in the attribute, the description is shown in the combo box. You can define values manually or load them from a layer or a csv file. -<li><label>Enumeration</label> Opens a combo box with values that can be used within the columns type. This is currently only supported by the Postgres provider. -<li><label>Immutable</label> The immutable attribute column is read-only. The user is not able to modify the content. -<li><label>Hidden</label> A hidden attribute column is invisible to the user. -<li><label>Checkbox</label> A check box is shown. The value representing the state of the check box in the attribute has to be entered. -<li><label>Text edit</label> A text edit field is shown, that allows entering multiline text. -</ul> - -<a name="general"> -<h4>General</h4> -</a> -The General tab allows you to change the display name, set scale dependent rendering options, create a spatial index of the vector file (only for OGR supported formats and PostGIS) and view or change the projection of the specific vector layer.<p> -You can also set filter expressions using the <label>Query Builder</label>. - -<h5>Subset</h5> -The <label>Query Builder</label> button allows you to limit the features of a layer to a subset matching an expression. - -<a name="metadata"> -<h4>Metadata</h4> -</a> -The <label>Metadata</label> tab contains information about the layer, including specifics about the type and location, number of features, feature type, and the editing capabilities. The Layer Spatial Reference System section, providing projection information, is displayed on this tab. This is a quick way to get information about the layer. - -<a name="actions"> -<h4>Actions</h4> -</a> -QGIS provides the ability to perform an action based on the attributes of a feature. This can be used to perform any number of actions, for example, running a program with arguments built from the attributes of a feature or passing parameters to a web reporting tool. <br/> -Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or view a web page based on one or more values in your vector layer.<p> - -The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p> -An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. -The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p> - -See the User Guide for further information. - -<h5>Using Actions</h5> -Actions can be invoked from the <label>Identify Results</label> dialog or using the <label>Run feature action</label> tool on the toolbar.<p> - -Each action adds a little set of custom expressions to the default set available in the <label>Expression builder</label>.<br/> -While running actions from the <label>Identify Results</label> dialog the custom expression <code>$currfield</code> will be replaced with the value of the selected field in the dialog, using the <label>Run feature action</label> tool the following custom expressions are available (instead of $currfield): -<ul> -<li><code>$clickx</code> returns the x coordinate of the click position on the canvas</li> -<li><code>$clicky</code> returns the y coordinate of the click position on the canvas</li> -<li><code>$layerid</code> returns the ID of the selected layer in the legend</li> -</ul> - -Note: the <label>Run feature action</label> tool executes the actions on all the matching features, where as <label>Identify Results</label> allows you to select which specific feature to run action on.<p> - - -<h5>Action Examples</h5> -You can add some example actions by clicking on the <label>Add default actions</label> button. - - -<a name="diagram"> -<h4>Diagram Overlay</h4> -</a> -The Diagram tab allows you to add a graphic overlay to a vector layer. To activate this feature, open the <label>Plugin Manager</label> and select the <label>Diagram Overlay</label> plugin. After this, there is a new tab in the vector <label>Layer Properties</label> dialog where the settings for diagrams may be entered.<p> -The current implementation of diagrams provides support for pie- and bar charts and for linear scaling -of the diagram size according to a classification attribute. - - <h3>Vlastnosti vektorovej vrstvy</h3> -Toto dialógové okno vám umožňuje nastaviť vlastnosti vektrovej vrstvy. Je tu päť záložiek: -<ol> -<li><a href="#symbology">Symbolika</a></li> -<li><a href="#general">Všobecné</a></li> -<li><a href="#metadata">Meta údaje</a></li> -<li><a href="#labels">Popisy</a></li> -<li><a href="#actions">Akcie</a></li> -</ol> -<a name="symbology"> -<h4>Symbolika</h4> -</a> - -<a name="general"> -<h4>Všeobecné</h4> -</a> - -<a name="metadata"> -<h4>Meta údaje</h4> -</a> -<a name="labels"> -<h4>Popisy</h4> -</a> -<a name="actions"> -<h4>Akcie</h4> -</a> - - - - <h3>Attribute table</h3> -The attribute table displays features of a selected layer. Each row in the table represents one map feature with its attributes shown in several columns. The features in the table can be searched, selected, moved or even edited. By default the attribute table is a separate window. If you opened it and cannot see it anymore, it is most likely hidden under the main QGIS window. You can make it also a docked window, by checking <label>Open attribute table in a dock window</label> in <label>Settings > Options > General</label>.<p> - -The number of table features is printed on its header.<p> -<p> -<a href="#Selecting">Selecting</a><br/> -<a href="#Sorting">Sorting</a><br/> -<a href="#Searching">Searching</a><br/> -<a href="#Field">Field Calculator</a><br/> - -<a name="Selecting"> -<h4>Selecting</h4> -</a> -Rows can be selected by clicking on the row number on the left side of the row. Selecting a row doesn't change the current cursor position. Multiple rows can be marked by holding the <label>Ctrl</label> key.<br> -A continuous selection can be made by holding the <label>Shift</label> key and clicking on several row headers on the left side of the rows. All rows between the current cursor position and the clicked row are selected. - -<a name="Sorting"> -<h4>Sorting</h4> -</a> -Each column can be sorted by clicking on its column header. A small arrow indicates the sort order (downward pointing means descending values from the top row down, upward pointing means ascending values from the top row down).<br> -Use <label>Move selected to top</label> button to sort selected rows and display them in first table rows. To show selected records only, use the check box <label>Show selected records only</label>. - -<a name="Searching"> -<h4>Searching</h4> -</a> -For a simple search by attributes on only one column the <label>Look for</label> field can be used. Select the field (column) from which the search should be performed from the drop down menu and hit the <label>Search</label> button.<br> -For more complex searches use the <label>Advanced search</label>. This button opens the Query Builder and allows you to select table features matching a SQL-like WHERE clause. - -<a name="Field"> -<h4>Field Calculator</h4> -</a> -The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br> -The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br> -You have to bring the vector layer in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog. - - - <h3>Tabuľka atribútov</h3> - - - - <h3>Delimited Text File Layer</h3> -Loads and displays delimited text files -<p> -<a href="#re">Overview</a><br/> -<a href="#creating">Creating a delimited text layer</a><br/> -<a href="#csv">How the delimiter, quote, and escape characters work</a><br /> -<a href="#regexp">How regular expression delimiters work</a><br /> -<a href="#wkt">How WKT text is interpreted</a><br /> -<a href="#attributes">Attributes in delimited text files</a><br /> -<a href="#example">Example of a text file with X,Y point coordinates</a><br/> -<a href="#wkt_example">Example of a text file with WKT geometries</a><br/> -<a href="#python">Using delimited text layers in Python</a><br/> -</p> - -<h4><a name="re">Overview</a></h4> -<p>A &quot;delimited text file&quot; contains data in which each record starts on a new line, and -is split into fields by a delimiter such as a comma. -This type of file is commonly exported from spreadsheets (for example CSV files) or databases. -Typically the first line of a delimited text file contains the names of the fields. -</p> -<p> -Delimited text files can be loaded into QGIS as a layer. -The records can be displayed spatially either as a point -defined by X and Y coordinates, or using a Well Known Text (WKT) definition of a geometry which may -describe points, lines, and polygons of arbitrary complexity. The file can also be loaded as an attribute -only table, which can then be joined to other tables in QGIS. -</p> -<p> -In addition to the geometry definition the file can contain text, integer, and real number fields. QGIS -will choose the type of field based on its contents. -</p> -<h4><a name="creating">Creating a delimited text layer</a></h4> -<p>Creating a delimited text layer involves choosing the data file, defining the format (how each record is to -be split into fields), and defining the geometry is represented. -This is managed with the delimited text dialog as detailed below. -The dialog box displays a sample from the beginning of the file which shows how the format -options have been applied. -</p> -<h5>Choosing the data file</h5> -<p>Use the &quot;Browse...&quot; button to select the data file. Once the file is selected the -layer name will automatically be populated based on the file name. The layer name is used to represent -the data in the QGIS legend. -</p> -<p> -By default files are assumed to be encoded as UTF-8. However other file -encodings can be selected. For example &quot;System&quot; uses the default encoding for the operating system. -It is safer to use an explicit coding if the QGIS project needs to be portable. -</p> -<h5>Specifying the file format</h5> -<p>The file format can be one of -<ul> - <li>CSV file format. This is a format commonly used by spreadsheets, in which fields are delimited - by a comma character, and quoted using a &quot;(quote) character. Within quoted fields, a quote - mark is entered as &quot;&quot;.</li> - <li>Selected delimiters. Each record is split into fields using one or more delimiter character. - Quote characters are used for fields which may contain delimiters. Escape characters may be used - to treat the following character as a normal character (ie to include delimiter, quote, and - new line characters in text fields). The use of delimiter, quote, and escape characters is detailed <a href="#csv">below</a>. - <li>Regular expression. Each line is split into fields using a &quot;regular expression&quot; delimiter. - The use of regular expressions is details <a href="#regexp">below</a>. -</ul> -<h5>Record and field options</h5> -<p>The following options affect the selection of records and fields from the data file</p> -<ul> - <li>Number of header lines to discard: used to ignore header lines at the beginning of the text file</li> - <li>First record has fields names: if selected then the first record in the file (after the discarded lines) is interpreted as names of fields, rather than as a data record.</li> - <li>Trim fields: if selected then leading and trailing whitespace characters will be removed from each field (except quoted fields). </li> - <li>Discard empty fields: if selected then empty fields (after trimming) will be discard. This - affects the alignment of data into fields and is equivalent to treating consecutive delimiters as a - single delimiter. Quoted fields are never discarded.</li> - <li>Decimal separator is comma: if selected then commas instead of points are used as the decimal separator in real numbers. For - example <tt>-51,354</tt> is equivalent to -51.354. - </li> -</ul> -<h5>Geometry definition</h5> -<p>The geometry is can be define as one of</p> -<ul> - <li>Point coordinates: each feature is represented as a point defined by X and Y coordinates.</li> - <li>Well known text (WKT) geometry: each feature is represented as a well known text string, for example - <tt>POINT(1.525622 51.20836)</tt>. See details of the <a href="#wkt">well known text</a> format. - <li>No geometry (attribute only table): records will not be displayed on the map, but can be viewed - in the attribute table and joined to other layers in QGIS</li> -</ul> -<p>For point coordinates the following options apply:</p> -<ul> - <li>X field: specifies the field containing the X coordinate</li> - <li>Y field: specifies the field containing the Y coordinate</li> - <li>DMS angles: if selected coordinates are represented as degrees/minutes/seconds - or degrees/minutes. QGIS is quite permissive in its interpretation of degrees/minutes/seconds. - A valid DMS coordinate will contain three numeric fields with an optional hemisphere prefix or suffix - (N, E, or + are positive, S, W, or - are negative). Additional non numeric characters are - generally discarded. For example <tt>N41d54'01.54&quot;</tt> is a valid coordinate. - </li> -</ul> -<p>For well known text geometry the following options apply:</p> -<ul> - <li>Geometry field: the field containing the well known text definition.</li> - <li>Geometry type: one of &quot;Detect&quot; (detect), &quot;Point&quot;, &quot;Line&quot;, or &quot;Polygon&quot;. - QGIS layers can only display one type of geometry feature (point, line, or polygon). This option selects - which geometry type is displayed in text files containing multiple geometry types. Records containing - other geometry types are discarded. - If &quot;Detect&quot; is selected then the type of the first geometry in the file will be used. - &quot;Point&quot; includes POINT and MULTIPOINT WKT types, &quot;Line&quot; includes LINESTRING and - MULTLINESTRING WKT types, and &quot;Polygon&quot; includes POLYGON and MULTIPOLYGON WKT types. -</ul> -<h5>Layer settings</h5> -<p>Layer settings control the way the layer is managed in QGIS. The options available are:</p> -<ul> -<li>Use spatial index. Create a spatial index to improve the performance of displaying and selecting spatial objects. -This option may be useful for files larger than a few megabytes in size.</li> -<li>Use subset index. Create an index if a subset of records is being used (either by explicitly setting a subset string -from the layer properties dialog, or an implicit subset of features for which the geometry is valid in files -for which all not geometries are valid). The index will only be created when a subset is defined.</li> -<li>Watch file. If this options is selected QGIS will watch the file for changes by other applications, and -reload the file when it is changed. The map will not be updated until refreshed by the user, but indexes and -extents will be reloaded. This option should be selected if indexes are used and it is likely that another -application will change the file. </li> -</ul> - -<h4><a name="csv">How the delimiter, quote, and escape characters work</a></h4> -<p>Records are split into fields using three character sets: -delimiter characters, quote characters, and escape characters. -Other characters in the record are considered as data, split into -fields by delimiter characters. -Quote characters occur in pairs and cause the text between them to be treated as a data. Escape characters cause the character following them to be treated as data. -</p> -<p> -Quote and escape characters cannot be the same as delimiter characters - they -will be ignored if they are. Escape characters can be the same as quote characters, but behave differently -if they are.</p> -<p>The delimiter characters are used to mark the end of each field. If more than one delimiter character -is defined then any one of the characters can mark the end of a field. The quote and escape characters -can override the delimiter character, so that it is treated as a normal data character.</p> -<p>Quote characters may be used to mark the beginning and end of quoted fields. Quoted fields can -contain delimiters and may span multiple lines in the text file. If a field is quoted then it must -start and end with the same quote character. Quote characters cannot occur within a field unless they -are escaped.</p> -<p>Escape characters which are not quote characters force the following character to be treated as data. -(that is, to stop it being treated as a new line, delimiter, or quote character). -</p> -<p>Escape characters that are also quote characters have much more limited effect. They only apply within quotes and only escape themselves. For example, if -<tt>'</tt> is a quote and escape character, then the string -<tt>'Smith''s&nbsp;Creek'</tt> will represent the value Smith's&nbsp;Creek. -</p> - - -<h4><a name="regexp">How regular expression delimiters work</a></h4> -<p>Regular expressions are mini-language used to represent character patterns. There are many variations -of regular expression syntax - QGIS uses the syntax provided by the <a href="http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qregexp.html">QRegExp</a> class of the <a href="http://qt.digia.com">Qt</a> framework.</p> -<p>In a regular expression delimited file each line is treated as a record. Each match of the regular expression in the line is treated as the end of a field. -If the regular expression contains capture groups (eg <tt>(cat|dog)</tt>) - then these are extracted as fields. - If this is not desired then use non-capturing groups (eg <tt>(?:cat|dog)</tt>). -</p> -<p>The regular expression is treated differently if it is anchored to the start of the line (that is, the pattern starts with <tt>^</tt>). -In this case the regular expression is matched against each line. If the line does not match it is discarded -as an invalid record. Each capture group in the expression is treated as a field. The regular expression -is invalid if it does not have capture groups. As an example this can be used as a (somewhat -unintuitive) means of loading data with fixed width fields. For example the -expression -<pre> -^(.{5})(.{10})(.{20})(.{20}) -</pre> -<p>will extract four fields of widths 5, 10, 20, and 20 characters from each line. -Lines less than 55 characters long will be discarded. -</p> - - -<h4><a name="wkt">How WKT text is interpreted</a></h4> -<p> -The delimited text layer recognizes the following -<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Well-known_text">well known text</a> types - -<tt>POINT</tt>, <tt>MULTIPOINT</tt>, <tt>LINESTRING</tt>, <tt>MULTILINESTRING</tt>, <tt>POLYGON</tt>, and <tt>MULTIPOLYGON</tt>. -It will accept geometries with -a Z coordinate (eg <tt>POINT&nbsp;Z</tt>), a measure (<tt>POINT&nbsp;M</tt>), or both (<tt>POINT&nbsp;ZM</tt>). -</p> -<p> -It can also handle the PostGIS EWKT variation, in which the geometry is preceded by an spatial reference -system id (eg <tt>SRID=4326;POINT(175.3&nbsp;41.2)</tt>), and a variant used by Informix in which the WKT is -preceded by an integer spatial reference id (eg <tt>1 POINT(175.3&nbsp;41.2)</tt>). -In both cases the SRID is ignored. -</p> - - - -<h4><a name="attributes">Attributes in delimited text files</a></h4> -<p>Each record in the delimited text file is split into fields representing -attributes of the record. Usually the attribute names are taken from the first -data record in the file. However if this does not contain attribute names, then they will be named <tt>field_1</tt>, <tt>field_2</tt>, and so on. -Also if records have more fields than are defined in the header record then these -will be named <tt>field_#</tt>, where # is the field number (note that empty fields at the end of a record are ignored). -QGIS may override -the names in the text file if they are numbers, or have names like <tt>field_#</tt>, -or are duplicated. -</p> -<p> -In addition to the attributes explicitly in the data file QGIS assigns a unique -feature id to each record which is the line number in the source file on which -the record starts. -</p> -<p> -Each attribute also has a data type, one of string (text), integer, or real number. -The data type is inferred from the content of the fields - if every non blank value -is a valid integer then the type is integer, otherwise if it is a valid real -number then the type is real, otherwise the type is string. Note that this is -based on the content of the fields - quoting fields does not change the way they -are interpreted. -</p> - - -<h4><a name="example">Example of a text file with X,Y point coordinates</a></h4> -<pre> -X;Y;ELEV --300120;7689960;13 --654360;7562040;52 -1640;7512840;3 -</pre> -<p>This file:</p> -<ul> -<li> Uses <b>;</b> as delimiter. Any character can be used to delimit the fields.</li> -<li>The first row is the header row. It contains the field names X, Y and ELEV.</li> -<li>The x coordinates are contained in the X field.</li> -<li>The y coordinates are contained in the Y field.</li> -</ul> -<h4><a name="wkt_example">Example of a text file with WKT geometries</a></h4> -<pre> -id|wkt -1|POINT(172.0702250 -43.6031036) -2|POINT(172.0702250 -43.6031036) -3|POINT(172.1543206 -43.5731302) -4|POINT(171.9282585 -43.5493308) -5|POINT(171.8827359 -43.5875983) -</pre> -<p>This file:</p> -<ul> - <li>Has two fields defined in the header row: id and wkt. - <li>Uses <b>|</b> as a delimiter.</li> - <li>Specifies each point using the WKT notation -</ul> - -<h4><a name="python">Using delimited text layers in Python</a></h4> -<p>Delimited text data sources can be creating from Python in a similar way to other vector layers. -The pattern is: -</p> -<pre> -from PyQt4.QtCore import QUrl, QString -from qgis.core import QgsVectorLayer, QgsMapLayerRegistry - -# Define the data source -filename="test.csv" -uri=QUrl.fromLocalFile(filename) -uri.addQueryItem("type","csv") -uri.addQueryItem("delimiter","|") -uri.addQueryItem("wktField","wkt") -# ... other delimited text parameters -layer=QgsVectorLayer(QString(uri.toEncoded()),"Test CSV layer","delimitedtext") -# Add the layer to the map -if layer.isValid(): - QgsMapLayerRegistry.instance().addMapLayer( layer ) -</pre> -<p>This could be used to load the second example file above.</p> -<p>The configuration of the delimited text layer is defined by adding query items to the uri. -The following options can be added -</p> -<ul> - <li><tt>encoding=..</tt> defines the file encoding. The default is &quot;UTF-8&quot;</li> - <li><tt>type=(csv|regexp|whitespace)</tt> defines the delimiter type. Valid values are csv, - regexp, and whitespace (which is just a special case of regexp). The default is csv.</li> - <li><tt>delimiter=...</tt> defines the delimiters that will be used for csv formatted files, - or the regular expression for regexp formatted files. The default is , for CSV files. There is - no default for regexp files.</li> - <li><tt>quote=..</tt> (for csv files) defines the characters used to quote fields. The default is &quot;</li> - <li><tt>escape=..</tt> (for csv files) defines the characters used to escape the special meaning of the next character. The default is &quot;</li> - <li><tt>skipLines=#</tt> defines the number of lines to discard from the beginning of the file. The default is 0.</li> - <li><tt>useHeader=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether the first data record contains the names of the data fields. The default is yes.</li> - <li><tt>trimFields=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether leading and trailing whitespace is to be removed from unquoted fields. The default is no.</li> - <li><tt>maxFields=#</tt> defines the maximum number of fields that will be loaded from the file. - Additional fields in each record will be discarded. The default is 0 - include all fields. - (This option is not available from the delimited text layer dialog box).</li> - <li><tt>skipEmptyFields=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether empty unquoted fields will be discarded (applied after trimFields). The default is no.</li> - <li><tt>decimalPoint=.</tt> specifies an alternative character that may be used as a decimal point in numeric fields. The default is a point (full stop) character.</li> - <li><tt>wktField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field containing a well known text geometry definition</li> - <li><tt>xField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field the X coordinate (only applies if wktField is not defined)</li> - <li><tt>yField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field the Y coordinate (only applies if wktField is not defined)</li> - <li><tt>geomType=(auto|point|line|polygon|none)</tt> specifies type of geometry for wkt fields, or none to load the file as an attribute-only table. The default is auto.</li> - <li><tt>subset=expression</tt> specifies an expression used to identify a subset of the records that will be - used.</li> - <li><tt>crs=...</tt> specifies the coordinate system to use for the vector layer, in a format accepted by QgsCoordinateReferenceSystem.createFromString (for example &quot;EPSG:4167&quot;). If this is not - specified then a dialog box may request this information from the user - when the layer is loaded (depending on QGIS CRS settings).</li> - <li><tt>subsetIndex=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should build an index to define subset during the initial file scan. The index will apply both for explicitly defined subsets, and for the implicit subset of features for which the geometry definition is valid. By default the subset index is built if it is applicable.</li> - <li><tt>spatialIndex=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should build a spatial index during the initial file scan. By default the spatial index is not built. </li> - <li><tt>watchFile=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should use a file system watcher to monitor for changes to the file.</li> - <li><tt>quiet=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether errors encountered loading the layer are presented in a dialog box (they will be written to the QGIS log in any case). The default is no. This option is not available from the GUI</li> -</ul> - - - - <h3>Modul na prácu s vrstvou z oddeleného textu</h3> -<i>Tento súbor pomocníka nie je preložený do vášho jazyka. Pokiaľ aby ste radi pomohli s jeho vytvorením, kontaktujte vývojársky tím QGIS.</i><hr> -Loads and displays delimited text files containing x,y coordinates. -<p> -<p> -<a href="#re">Requirements</a><br/> -<a href="#example">Example of a valid text file</a><br/> -<a href="#notes">Notes</a><br/> - -<a name="re"> -<h4>Requirements</h4> -</a> -To view a delimited text file as layer, the text file must contain: -<ol> -<li>A delimited header row of field names. This must be the first line in the text file.</li> -<li>The header row must contain an X and Y field. These fields can have any name.</li> -<li>The <B>x</B> and <B>y</B> coordinates must be specified as a number. The coordinate system is not important.</li> -</ol> -<a name="example"> -<h4>Example of a valid text file</h4> -</a> -X;Y;ELEV<br/> --300120;7689960;13<br/> --654360;7562040;52<br/> -1640;7512840;3<br/> -[...]<br/> -<a name="notes"> -<h4>Notes</h4> -</a> -<ol> -<li>The example text file uses <b>;</b> as delimiter. Any character can be used to delimit the fields.</li> -<li>The first row is the header row. It contains the fields X, Y and ELEV.</li> -<li>No quotes (") are used to delimit text fields.</li> -<li>The x coordinates are contained in the X field.</li> -<li>The y coordinates are contained in the Y field.</li> -</ol> - - - <h3>Attribute table</h3> -The attribute table displays features of a selected layer. Each row in the table represents one map feature with its attributes shown in several columns. The features in the table can be searched, selected, moved or even edited. By default the attribute table is a separate window. If you opened it and cannot see it anymore, it is most likely hidden under the main QGIS window. You can make it also a docked window, by checking <label>Open attribute table in a dock window</label> in <label>Settings > Options > General</label>.<p> - -The number of total number of layer features, filtered features and selected features is printed on the window header.<p> -<p> -<a href="#Selecting">Selecting</a><br/> -<a href="#Sorting">Sorting</a><br/> -<a href="#Filtering">Filtering</a><br/> -<a href="#Editing">Editing</a><br/> -<a href="#FieldCalc">Field Calculator</a><br/> - -<a name="Selecting"> -<h4>Selecting</h4> -</a> -Rows can be selected by clicking on the row number on the left side of the row. Subsequent rows can be selected by holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse to the other end of the selection. Multiple non-subsequent rows can be selected by holding the <label>Ctrl</label> key.<br> -A continuous selection can be made by holding the <label>Shift</label> key and clicking on several row headers on the left side of the rows. All rows between the current cursor position and the clicked row are selected. - -<a name="Sorting"> -<h4>Sorting</h4> -</a> -Each column can be sorted by clicking on its column header. A small arrow indicates the sort order (downward pointing means descending values from the top row down, upward pointing means ascending values from the top row down).<br> -Activate the <label>Selected on top</label> button to show the selected rows always on top, regardless of the current sort column. - -<a name="Filtering"> -<h4>Filtering</h4> -</a> -To only navigate through parts of your data, you can use the filter button on the bottom left. The following options are available. -<h5>Show All Features</h5> -Shows all features of the layer. -<h5>Show Selected Features</h5> -Shows all features which are currently selected. -<h5>Show Features Visible on Map</h5> -Shows all features which are currently visible on the map canvas, taking the currently visible extent and scale based visibility into account. -<h5>Show Edited and New Features</h5> -Shows only edited and new features. In this mode, features with uncommitted changes are shown and this is therefore a good filter to review changes, before committing them. Please note, that deleted features are not shown in this mode. -<h5>Column Filter</h5> -A simple filter, which lets you filter by an attribute. If the attribute contains text, it looks for sub-strings also. Searching for <b>man</b> will therefore also show records containing <b>woman</b>. After changing the filter text, press <label>Enter</label> or click on <label>Apply</label>. You can also toggle the check-box <label>Case sensitive</label>, so your filter will also match <b>Night</b> when your search text is <b>night</b>. -<h5>Advanced Filter</h5> -For more complex searches, this mode offers a powerful expression builder, which is similar to a SQL WHERE clause. Please refer to the built-in help of the expression builder for details on the syntax. - -<a name="Editing"> -<h4>Editing</h4> -</a> -To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to editing mode click on the <label>Toggle editing mode</label> (pencil) button or press <label>Ctrl + E</label>. Afterwards double-click on the value you want to edit or place the cursor on it and use the <label>Space</label>-Key. You can customize the widgets used for field editing in <label>Vector Layer Properties > Fields</label> - -<a name="FieldCalc"> -<h4>Field Calculator</h4> -</a> -The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br> -The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br> -The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog. - - <h3>Tabuľka atribútov</h3> - - - - <h3>Create a new WMS connection</h3> -WMS layers can be added quite simply, as long as you know the URL to access the WMS server, you have a serviceable connection to that server, and the server understands HTTP as the data transport mechanism.<p> -QGIS currently can act as a WMS client that understands WMS 1.1, 1.1.1 and 1.3 servers. -<p> -<a href="#serv">Servers</a><br/> -<a href="#load">Loading WMS Layers</a><br/> -<a href="#lay">Layer Order</a><br/> -<a href="#search">Server Search</a><br/> - -<a name="serv"> -<h4>Servers</h4> -</a> -To define a new WMS server in the <label>Server Connections</label> section, select <label>New</label>. Then enter the parameters to connect to your desired WMS server.<p> -You can add some servers to play with by clicking the <label>Add default servers</label> button. This will add at least three WMS servers for you to use.<p> -Once the new WMS Server connection has been created, it will be preserved for future QGIS sessions. - -<a name="load"> -<h5>Loading WMS Layers</h5> -</a> -Select the <label>Connect</label> button to retrieve the capabilities of the selected server. This includes the Image encoding, Layers, Layer Styles and Projections.<br/> -While downloading data from the WMS server, the download progress is visualized in the left bottom of the WMS Plugin dialog.<p> -The <label>Image encoding</label> section now lists the formats that are supported by both the client and server.<br/> -Choose one depending on your image accuracy requirements.<p> -You can select several layers at once, they will be combined at the WMS Server and transmitted to QGIS in one go.<p> -Each WMS Layer can be presented in multiple CRSs, depending on the capability of the WMS server. To choose a CRS, select <label>Change...</label> - -<a name="lay"> -<h4>Layer Order</h4> -</a> -On this tab you can change the order of loaded WMS layers. - -<a name="search"> -<h4>Server Search</h4> -</a> -On this tab you can search for WMS servers. It is possible to enter a search-string in the text field an hit the <label>Search</label> button.<p> -To visualize the results, select an table entry, press the <label>Add selected row to WMS list</label> button and change back to the <label>Servers</label> tab.<p> -You only need to request the list of layers by clicking the <label>Connect</label> button. - - <h3>Vytvorenie nového spojenia WMS</h3> - - - - <h3>Spatial Bookmarks</h3> -Spatial Bookmarks allow you to "bookmark" a geographic location and return to it later. -<p> -<a href="#creating">Creating a Bookmark</a><br/> -<a href="#working">Working with Bookmarks</a><br/> -<a href="#zooming">Zooming to a Bookmark</a><br/> -<a href="#deleting">Deleting a Bookmark</a><br/> -<a href="#updating">Updating a Bookmark</a><br/> - -<a name="creating"> -<h4>Creating a Bookmark</h4> -</a> -To create a bookmark: -<ol> -<li>Zoom or pan to the area of interest. -<li>Click on the <label>New bookmark</label> or type Ctrl-B. -<li>Enter a descriptive name for the bookmark (up to 255 characters). -<li>Click <label>OK</label> to add the bookmark or <label>Cancel</label> to exit without adding the bookmark. -</ol> -Note that you can have multiple bookmarks with the same name. -<a name="working"> -<h4>Working with Bookmarks</h4> -</a> -To use or manage bookmarks, click on the <label>Show bookmarks</label> button or choose <label>Show Bookmarks</label> from the <label>View</label> menu. The bookmarks dialog allows you to zoom to or delete a bookmark. You can not edit the bookmark name or coordinates. -<a name="zooming"> -<h5>Zooming to a Bookmark</h5> -</a> -From the Geo spatial Bookmarks dialog, select the desired bookmark by clicking on it, then click the <label>Zoom to</label> button. -<p> -You can also zoom to a bookmark by double-clicking on it. -<a name="deleting"> -<h5>Deleting a Bookmark</h5> -</a> -To delete a bookmark from the Bookmarks dialog, click on it then click the <label>Delete</label> button. Confirm your choice by clicking <label>OK</label> or cancel the delete by clicking <label>Cancel</label>. -<a name="updating"> -<h5>Updating a Bookmark</h5> -</a> -To update the extent of a bookmark, click on it then click the <label>Update</label> button. Confirm your choice by clicking <label>OK</label> or cancel the update by clicking <label>Cancel</label>. - - - <h3>Geopriestorové záložky</h3> -Geopriestorové záložky vám dovolia zaznačiť si pohľad (polohu) určitej lokality (miesta) a vrátiť sa k nej neskôr. -<p> -<a href="#creating">Vytvorenie záložky</a><br/> -<a href="#working">Práca so záložkami</a><br/> -<a href="#zooming">Zmena mapového pohľadu podľa záložky</a><br/> -<a href="#deleting">Vymazanie záložky</a><br/> - -<a name="creating"> -<h4>Vytvorenie záložky</h4> -</a> -Postup na vytvorenie záložky: -<ol> -<li>Nastavte pohľad (približovaním, oddaľovaním posúvaním mapy) tak aby obsahoval záujmovú oblasť. -<li>Kliknite na ikonu <label>Nová záložka</label> alebo použite klávesovú skratku Ctrl-B. -<li>Vložte popisný názov záložky (do 255 znakov). -<li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>OK</label> vytvoríte geopriestorovú záložku; kliknutím na <label>Storno</label> opustíte dialógové okno bez toho aby bola záložka vytvorená. -</ol> -Poznámka: Je možné mať viacero záložiek s tým istým názvom. -<a name="working"> -<h4>Práca so záložkami</h4> -</a> -So záložkami možno narábať kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Ukázať záložky</label> alebo vybratím položky <label>Ukázať záložky</label> z menu <label>Pohľad</label>. Dialógové okno so záložkami vám dovolí zmeniť pohľad podľa záložky alebo vymazať nektorú záložku. Nie je možné upraviť názov záložky, alebo súradnice.. -<a name="zooming"> -<h5>Zmena mapového pohľadu podľa záložky</h5> -</a> -V dialógovom okne Záložky vyberte kliknutím požadovanú záložku a následným kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Priblížiť sa</label> sa zmeníte mapový pohľad tak, aby zodpovedal danej záložke. -<p> -Zmeniť pohľad možno aj priamo dvojklikom na danú záložku. -<a name="deleting"> -<h5>Vymazanie záložky</h5> -</a> -Na vymazanie záložky zo zoznamu záložiek v kliknite najskôr na záložku ktorú chcete vymazať a následne na tlačidlo <label>Vymazať</label>. Svoje rozhodnutie povrďte kliknutím na <label>OK</label>, prípadne môžete váš zámer zmeniť a kliknutím na <label>Storno</label> zrušiť operáciu vymazania záložky. - - - - - <h3>Copyright Label Plugin</h3> -Draws a copyright label with information.<br/> -You can add any random text to the map not only a copyright label. -<p> -<a href="#howto">How to</a><br/> -<a href="#text">Text formatting</a><br/> - -<a name="howto"> -<h4>How to</h4> -</a> -<ol> -<li>Make sure the plugin is loaded. -<li>Click on <label>Plugins > Decorations > Copyright Label</label> or use the <label>Copyright Label</label> button from the Toolbar. -<li>Enter the text you want to place on the map. You can use HTML. -<li>Choose the placement of the label from the <label>Placement Bottom Right</label> drop-down box. -<li>Make sure the <label>Enable Copyright Label check box</label> is checked. -<li>Click <label>OK</label>. -</ol> -<a name="text"> -<h4> Text formatting </h4> -</a> -This plugin supports basic HTML markup tags for formatting text. For example: - -<ul> -<li>&lt;B&gt;<b> Bold text </b>&lt;/B&gt; -</li> -<li>&lt;I&gt;<i> Italics </i>&lt;/I&gt; -</li> -<li>&lt;U&gt;<u> Underlined text </u>&lt;/U&gt; -</li> -</ul> - - <h3>Zásuvný modul na označenie autorských práv</h3> -<i>Tento súbor pomocníka nie je preložený do vášho jazyka. Pokiaľ aby ste radi pomohli s jeho vytvorením, kontaktujte vývojársky tím QGIS.</i><hr> -Draws a copyright label with information.<br/> -You can add any random text to the map not only a copyright label. -<p> -<a href="#howto">How to</a><br/> -<a href="#text">Text formatting</a><br/> - -<a name="howto"> -<h4>How to</h4> -</a> -<ol> -<li>Make sure the plugin is loaded. -<li>Click on <label>Plugins > Decorations > Copyright Label</label> or use the <label>Copyright Label</label> button from the Toolbar. -<li>Enter the text you want to place on the map. You can use HTML. -<li>Choose the placement of the label from the <label>Placement Bottom Right</label> drop-down box. -<li>Make sure the <label>Enable Copyright Label checkbox</label> is checked. -<li>Click <label>OK</label>. -</ol> -<a name="text"> -<h4> Text formatting </h4> -</a> -This plugin supports basic HTML markup tags for formatting text. For example: - -<ul> -<li>&lt;B&gt;<b> Bold text </b>&lt;/B&gt; -</li> -<li>&lt;I&gt;<i> Italics </i>&lt;/I&gt; -</li> -<li>&lt;U&gt;<u> Underlined text </u>&lt;/U&gt; -</li> -</ul> - - - <h3>Identify Features</h3> -<p> -The results dialog shows all the features identified within the search tolerance. To see the results details, expand the feature information on the left of each feature. -</p> -<p> -The search radius can be set in the options dialog <label>Settings > Options > Map tools</label>, Identify section, as a percentage of map width. In this section you may also set identify mode to <label>Current layer</label>, <label>Top down, stop at first</label>, <label>Top down</label>. <br> -You may also tick an <label>Open feature form, if a single feature is identified</label> option.<br> -Identifiable layers can be set in the Project Properties dialog <label>Settings > Project Properties > Identifiable layers</label> where all the layers names are listed, their type (vector, raster, etc.) and ability to be identified. -</p> - - <h3>Identifikácia objektov</h3> -<p> -Okno s výsledkami ukazuje všetky tie objekty, ktoré boli identifikované v okruhu danom polomerom vyhľadávania. -Detail výsledku si možno prezrieť rozbalením informácie o objekte kliknutím na znamienko plus <label>+</label> naľavo od každého objektu. -</p> -<p> -Polomer vyhľadávania je možné nastaviť v záložke Mapové nástroje v dialógovom okne Vlastnosti <label>Nastavenia > Vlastnosti</label>. -</p> - - - - <h3>Measure Tools</h3> -There are two measure tools: length and area. With them, you can measure both distances and areas on the map canvas. Currently the tools provide results in metric units only. A single right mouse click stops the measuring, while two right mouse clicks starts measuring anew. -<h4>Measuring Lengths</h4> -To measure lengths, select the tool and click along the path you want to measure. The length of each segment is displayed as is the total length for the path. -<h4>Measuring Areas</h4> -To measure areas, select the tool and click to create the area. The total area is dynamically displayed as you click. - - <h3>Nástroje na meranie</h3> -V QGISe existujú dva nástroje na meranie -- jeden slúži na meranie dĺžky, druhý na meranie plošného obsahu. V súčasnosti oba udávajú výsledky iba v metrických jednotkách. Jednoduché kliknutie pravým tlačidlom myši zastaví meranie, dvojklik pravým tlačidlom začne nové meranie. -<h4>Meranie dĺžok</h4> -Vyberte (kliknutím) nástroj na meranie dĺžok a vyklikajte cestu, ktorú chcete zmerať. V okne sa zobrazuje dĺžka každého úseku ako aj celková dĺžka cesty. S nástrojom na meranie možno merať aj vzdialenosti aj plochy priamo na mapovom plátne. -<h4>Meranie plôch</h4> -Vyberte (kliknutím) nástroj na meranie rozlohy a klikaním vytvorte oblasť, ktorej rozlohu si želáte zmerať. Celková rozloha sa zobrazuje priebežne počas vášho klikania. - - - - <h3>Print Composer</h3> - -<p> -The print composer lets you arrange items onto a page, which can then be printed. Items include the content of the map canvas, the scale bar, the legend, and arbitrary images. -</p> - -<p> -Click on one of the icons along the top of the composer window to select what type of item to place on the page, then click and draw on the page to place the item. The size of some items, such as the map canvas and scale bar can be set by clicking and dragging on the page. Other items have a fixed size, but which can be changed later on by highlighting the item and then adjusting the size fields in the left hand pane. - -</p> - - - <h3>Skladateľ výstupov pre tlač</h3> - -<p> -Skladateľ tlačových výstupov vám dovolí rozmiestniť/rozvrhnúť jednotlivé položky na stránku ktorú možno potom vytlačiť. Položkami sú obsah mapového plánta, grafická mierka, legenda, voliteľné obrázky. -</p> - -<p> -Kliknitím na jednu z ikon v hornej časti okna Skladateľa vyberiete tým položku, ktorú chcete umiestniť na stránku a následným nakreslením na stránku ju umiestnite na stránke. Veľkosť položiek ako je mapa a grafická mierka možno nastaviť kliknutím a ťahaním priamo na strane. Ďalšie položky majú pevnú veľkosť, tá však môže byť neskôr zmenená vybratím (označením) príslušnej položky a zmenou veľkosti na paneli vpravo. -</p> - - - - dxf2shpConverter Converts DXF files in Shapefile format - Prevedie spbory DXF do formátu Shape + Konverzia súborov DXF do formátu Shapefile &Dxf2Shp - &Dxf2Shp + &Dxf2Shp @@ -55419,27 +53999,27 @@ Plugin will not be enabled. geometryThread Merge all - + Spojiť všetky Polygon area - + Plocha polygónu Polygon perimeter - + Obvod polygónu Line length - + Dĺžka línie Point x ordinate - + Súradnica bodu x Point y ordinate - + Súradnica bodu y @@ -57648,11 +56228,11 @@ Plugin will not be enabled. optionsDialog Warning! - + Upozornenie! Please specify API file or check "Use preloaded API files" - + Prosím zadajte API súbor alebo zaškrtnite "Použiť predom nahraté API súbory" @@ -57660,59 +56240,59 @@ Plugin will not be enabled. Topology Rule Settings - + Nastavenia topologických pravidiel Current Rules - + Aktuálne pravidlá Rule - + Pravidlo Layer #1 - + Vrstva #1 Layer #2 - + Vrstva #2 Tolerance - Tolerancia + Tolerancia Layer1ID - + Vrstva1ID Layer2ID - + Vrstva2ID No layer - Žiadna vrstva + Žiadna vrstva Add New Rule - + Pridať nové pravidlo Delete Rule - + Odstrániť pravidlo @@ -57907,4 +56487,4162 @@ Plugin will not be enabled. + + function_help + + + <h3>$rownum function</h3> +Returns the number of the current row. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$rownum</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$rownum &rarr; 4711</pre> + + + + + + + +<h3>color_rgba() function</h3> +Returns a string representation of a color based on its red, green, blue, and alpha (transparency) components + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + color_rgba(<i>red, green, blue, alpha</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> red</i> &rarr; the red component as an integer value from 0 to 255.<br> +<i> green</i> &rarr; the green component as an integer value from 0 to 255.<br> +<i> blue</i> &rarr; the blue component as an integer value from 0 to 255.<br> +<i> alpha</i> &rarr; the alpha component as an integer value from 0 (completely transparent) to 255 (opaque).<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + color_rgba(255,127,0,200) &rarr; '255,127,0,200'</p> + + + + + + <h3>Conditionals Group</h3> +This group contains functions to handle conditional checks in expressions. + + + + + + <h3>$feature function</h3> +In atlas generation, returns the current feature number that is iterated over on the coverage layer. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$feature</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$feature &rarr; 2</pre> + + + + + + + <h3>$numpages function</h3> +Returns the total number of pages in the composition. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$numpages</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$numpages &rarr; 42</pre> + + + + + + + <h3>$perimeter function</h3> +Returns the perimeter length of the current feature. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$perimeter</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$perimeter &rarr; 42</pre> + + + + + + + <h3>Geometry Group</h3> +This group contains functions that operate on geometry objects e.g length, area. + + + + + + <h3>concat() function</h3> +Concatenates several strings to one. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> + concat(<i>string<i>[,<i>string</i>...]) + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. a string.<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + concat('a','b','c','d','e') &rarr; 'abcde' + + + + + + <h3>$scale function</h3> +Returns the current scale of the map canvas. +<br> +Note: This function is only available in some contexts and will be 0 otherwise. +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>$scale</code><br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>$scale &rarr; 10000</code><br> + + + + + + + + <h3>age() function</h3> +Returns the difference between two dates. +<br><br> +The difference is returned as a <code>Interval</code> +and needs to be used with one of the following functions +in order to extract useful information: +<ul> +<li><code>year</code> +<li><code>month</code> +<li><code>week</code> +<li><code>day</code> +<li><code>hour</code> +<li><code>minute</code> +<li><code>second</code> +</ul> +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>age(string,string)</code><br> +<code>age(datetime,datetime)</code><br> +<code>age(string,datetime)</code><br> +<code>age(datetime,string)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string. A string in date format. +<br> +<code>datetime</code> - is date or datetime. A date or datetime type. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>age('2012-05-12','2012-05-2') &rarr; Interval</code><br> +use <code>day</code> to extract number of days<br> +<code>day(age('2012-05-12','2012-05-2')) &rarr; 10</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>Field</h3> +Double click to add field name to expression string. +<br><br> +Right-Click on field name to open context menu sample value loading options. + + + + + + <h3>year() function</h3> +Extract the year part from a date, or the number of years +from a <code>Interval</code> + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>year(date)</code><br> +<code>year(Interval)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>date</code> - is date or datetime. The date to extract the year from. +<br> +<code>Interval</code> - is Interval. The Interval to return the number of years from. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>year('2012-05-12') &rarr; 2012</code><br> +<code>year(tointerval('3 Years')) &rarr; 3</code><br> +<code>year(age('2012-01-01','2010-01-01')) &rarr; 1.9986..</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>atan() function</h3> +Returns arcustanget of a value in radians. + + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + atan(<i>real</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<i>real</i> &rarr; tan of an angle.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> + atan(0.5) &rarr; 0.463647609000806</p> + + + + + + <h3>minute() function</h3> +Extract the minute from a datetime or time, or the number of minutes +from a <code>Interval</code> + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>minute(datetime)</code><br> +<code>minute(Interval)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>date</code> - is datetime or time. The date to extract the minute from. +<br> +<code>Interval</code> - is Interval. The Interval to return the number of minutes from. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>minute('2012-07-22T13:24:57') &rarr; 24</code><br> +<code>minute(tointerval('3 minutes')) &rarr; 3</code><br> +<code>minute(age('2012-07-22T00:20:00','2012-07-22T00:00:00')) &rarr; 20</code><br> +<code>minute(age('2012-01-01','2010-01-01')) &rarr; 1051200</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>$length function</h3> +Returns the length of the current feature. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$length</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$length &rarr; 42.4711</pre> + + + + + + +<h3>Color Group</h3> +This group contains functions for manipulating colors + + + + + + <h3>log10() function</h3> +Returns the value of the base 10 logarithm of the passed expression. +<br> +This function takes one argument. +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>log10(value)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>value</code> - any positive number. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>log10(1) &rarr; 0</code><br> +<code>log10(100) &rarr; 2</code><br> + + + + + + <h3>regexp_substr() function</h3> +Returns the portion of a string which matches a supplied regular expression. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + regexp_substr(<i>string,regex</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The input string.<br> +<i> regex</i> &rarr; is string. The regular expression to match against. Backslash characters must be double escaped (eg "&#92;&#92;s" to match a white space character).<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + regexp_substr('abc123','(&#92;&#92;d+)') &rarr; '123'</p> + + + + + + <h3>left() function</h3> +Returns a substring that contains the <i>n</i> leftmost characters of the string. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>left(string, length)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string. The string. +<br> +<code>length</code> - is int. The number of characters from the left to return. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>left('Hello World',5) &rarr; 'Hello'</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>tan() function</h3> +Returns tangent of an angle. + + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + tan(<i>real</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<i>real</i> &rarr; angle in radians.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> + tan(1.0) &rarr; 1.5574077246549</p> + + + + + + <h3>lower() function</h3> +Converts a string to lower case letters. + +<p><h4> Syntax</h4> + lower(<i>string</i>)</p> + +<p><h4> Arguments</h4> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The String to convert to lower case.</p> + +<p><h4> Example</h4> + lower('HELLO World') &rarr; 'hello world'</p> + + + + + + <h3>format_number() function</h3> +Returns a number formatted with the locale separator for thousands. +Also truncates the number to the number of supplied places. +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>format_number(number,places)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>number</code> - is number. The number to be formatted. +<br> +<code>places</code> - is int. The number of decimal places to truncate the string +to. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>format_number(10000000.332,2) &rarr; 10,000,000.33</code> + + + + + + + <h3>String Group</h3> +This group contains functions that operate on strings e.g replace, convert to upper case. + + + + + + <h3>abs() function</h3> +Returns the absolute value of a number.<br> + + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +abs(<i>value</i>)<br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>value</code> - a number.<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<code>abs(-2) &rarr; 2</code><br> + + + + + + <h3>format() function</h3> +Format a string using supplied arguments. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>format('string', arg, [arg...n])</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string. String with Qt QString place holders. Use %1, %2, etc for placeholders. Placeholders can be repeated. +<br> +<code>arg [arg...n]</code> - any type. Any number of args. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>format('This %1 a %2','is', 'test') &rarr; This is a test</code><br> + + + + + +<h3>color_cmyka() function</h3> +Returns a string representation of a color based on its cyan, magenta, yellow, black and alpha (transparency) components + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + color_cmyka(<i>cyan, magenta, yellow, black, alpha</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> cyan</i> &rarr; the cyan component of the color, as a percentage integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> magenta</i> &rarr; the magenta component of the color, as a percentage integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> yellow</i> &rarr; the yellow component of the color, as a percentage integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> black</i> &rarr; the black component of the color, as a percentage integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> alpha</i> &rarr; the alpha component as an integer value from 0 (completely transparent) to 255 (opaque).<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + color_cmyka(100,50,0,10,200) &rarr; '0,115,230,200'</p> + + + + + + <h3>toreal function</h3> +Converts a string to real number. Nothing changed if a value cannot be converted to real (e.g '123.56asd' is invalid). Numbers are rounded after saving changes if the precision is smaller than the result of the conversion. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + toreal(<i>string</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The String to convert to real number.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + toreal('123.45') &rarr; 123.45</p> + + + + + + <h3>month() function</h3> +Extract the month part from a date, or the number of months +from a <code>Interval</code> + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>month(date)</code><br> +<code>month(Interval)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>date</code> - is date or datetime. The date to extract the month from. +<br> +<code>Interval</code> - is Interval. The Interval to return the number of months from. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>month('2012-05-12') &rarr; 05</code><br> +<code>month(tointerval('3 months')) &rarr; 3</code><br> +<code>month(age('2012-01-01','2010-01-01')) &rarr; 4.033...</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>Math Group</h3> +This group contains math functions e.g square root, sin and cos + + + + + + <h3>scale_exp() function</h3> +Transforms a given value from an input domain to an output range using an exponential curve. This function can be used to ease values in or out +of the specified output range. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + scale_exp(<i>val</i>,<i>domain_min</i>,<i>domain_max</i>,<i>range_min</i>,<i>range_max</i>,<i>exponent</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> val</i> &rarr; is a value in the input domain. The function will return a corresponding scaled value in the output range.<br> +<i> domain_min, domain_max</i> &rarr; specify the input domain, the smallest and largest values the input <i>val</i> should take.<br> +<i> range_min, range_max</i> &rarr; specify the output range, the smallest and largest values which should be output by the function.<br> +<i> exponent</i> &rarr; a positive value (greater than 0), which dictates the way input values are mapped to the output range. Large exponents will cause the output values to 'ease in', starting slowly before +accelerating as the input values approach the domain maximum. Smaller exponents (less than 1) will cause output values to 'ease out', where the mapping starts quickly but slows as it approaches the domain maximum.<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<b>Easing in, using an exponent of 2:</b><br> + scale_exp(5,0,10,0,100,2) &rarr; 25<br> + scale_exp(7.5,0,10,0,100,2) &rarr; 56.25<br> + scale_exp(9.5,0,10,0,100,2) &rarr; 90.25<br> + <br> +<b>Easing out, using an exponent of 0.5:</b><br> + scale_exp(3,0,10,0,100,0.5) &rarr; 54.772<br> + scale_exp(6,0,10,0,100,0.5) &rarr; 77.459<br> + scale_exp(9,0,10,0,100,0.5) &rarr; 94.868<br> + + + + + + + + <h3>coalesce() function</h3> +Returns the first non-NULL value from the expression list. +<br> +This function can take any number of arguments. +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>coalesce(expression1, expression2 ...)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>expression</code> - any valid expression or value, irregardless of type. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>coalesce(NULL, 2) &rarr; 2</code><br> +<code>coalesce(NULL, 2, 3) &rarr; 2</code><br> +<code>coalesce(7, NULL, 3*2) &rarr; 7</code><br><br> +<code>coalesce("fieldA", "fallbackField", 'ERROR') &rarr; value of fieldA if it is non-NULL + else the value of "fallbackField" or the string 'ERROR' if both are NULL</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>scale_linear() function</h3> +Transforms a given value from an input domain to an output range using linear interpolation. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + scale_linear(<i>val</i>,<i>domain_min</i>,<i>domain_max</i>,<i>range_min</i>,<i>range_max</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> val</i> &rarr; is a value in the input domain. The function will return a corresponding scaled value in the output range.<br> +<i> domain_min, domain_max</i> &rarr; specify the input domain, the smallest and largest values the input <i>val</i> should take.<br> +<i> range_min, range_max</i> &rarr; specify the output range, the smallest and largest values which should be output by the function.<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + scale_linear(5,0,10,0,100) &rarr; 50<br> + scale_linear(0.2,0,1,0,360) &rarr; 72 <i>(eg, scaling a value between 0 and 1 to an angle between 0 and 360)</i><br> + scale_linear(1500,1000,10000,9,20) &rarr; 10.22 <i>(eg, scaling a population which varies between 1000 and 10000 to a font size between 9 and 20)</i><br> + + + + + + + + <h3>$area function</h3> +Returns the area size of the current feature. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$area</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$area &rarr; 42</pre> + + + + + + + <h3>trim() function</h3> +Removes all leading and trailing whitespace (spaces, tabs, etc) from a string. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + trim(<i>string</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The string to trim.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + trim(' hello world ') &rarr; 'hello world'</p> + + + + + + <h3>color_hsv() function</h3> +Returns a string representation of a color based on its hue, saturation, and value attributes + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + color_hsv(<i>hue, saturation, value</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> hue</i> &rarr; the hue of the color, as an integer value from 0 to 360.<br> +<i> saturation</i> &rarr; the saturation percentage of the color as an integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> value</i> &rarr; the value percentage of the color as an integer from 0 to 100.<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + color_hsv(40,100,100) &rarr; '#ffaa00'</p> + + + + + + <h3>todatetime() function</h3> +Convert a string into Qt data time type. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>todatetime('string')</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string in Qt date time format. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>todatetime('2012-05-04 12:50:00') &rarr; 2012-05-04T12:50:00</code><br> + + + + + <h3>week() function</h3> +Extract the week number from a date, or the number of weeks +from a <code>Interval</code> + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>week(date)</code><br> +<code>week(Interval)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>date</code> - is date or datetime. The date to extract the week from. +<br> +<code>Interval</code> - is Interval. The Interval to return the number of weeks from. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>week('2012-05-12') &rarr; 19</code><br> +<code>week(tointerval('3 weeks')) &rarr; 3</code><br> +<code>week(age('2012-01-01','2010-01-01')) &rarr; 104.285...</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>CASE expression</h3> +A conditional expression that can be used to evaluate multiple expressions and +return a result. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre> + CASE + WHEN <i>condition</i> THEN <i>result</i> + [ ...n ] + [ ELSE <i>result</i> ] + END +</pre> +[ ] marks optional components + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> WHEN condition</i> - The condition expression to evaluate. <br> +<i> THEN result</i> - If <i>condition</i> evaluates to True then <i>result</i> is evaluated and returned. <br> +<i> ELSE result</i> - If none of the above conditions evaluated to True then <i>result</i> is evaluated and returned. <br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<pre> + CASE + WHEN <i>"column" IS NULL</i> THEN <i>'None'</i> + ELSE <i>"column"</i> + END +</pre> + + + + + + <h3>$id function</h3> +Returns the feature id of the current row. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$id</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$id &rarr; 42</pre> + + + + + + + <h3>Date and Time Group</h3> +This group contains functions for handling date and time data. + + + + + + <h3>$numfeatures function</h3> +In atlas generation, returns the total number of features within the coverage layer. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$numfeatures</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$numfeatures &rarr; 42</pre> + + + + + + + +<h3>color_cmyk() function</h3> +Returns a string representation of a color based on its cyan, magenta, yellow and black components + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + color_cmyk(<i>cyan, magenta, yellow, black</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> cyan</i> &rarr; the cyan component of the color, as a percentage integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> magenta</i> &rarr; the magenta component of the color, as a percentage integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> yellow</i> &rarr; the yellow component of the color, as a percentage integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> black</i> &rarr; the black component of the color, as a percentage integer value from 0 to 100.<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + color_cmyk(100,50,0,10) &rarr; '#0073e6'</p> + + + + + + <h3>rpad() function</h3> +Returns a string with supplied width padded +using the fill character. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>rpad(string, width, fill)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string. The string. +<br> +<code>width</code> - is int. The length of the new string. +<br> +<code>fill</code> - is char. The character to padd the remaining space with. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>rpad('Hello', 10, 'x') &rarr; 'xxxxxHello'</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>lpad() function</h3> +Returns a string with supplied width padded +using the fill character. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>lpad(string, length, fill)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string. The string. +<br> +<code>length</code> - is int. The length of the new string. +<br> +<code>fill</code> - is char. The character to padd the remaining space with. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>lpad('Hello', 10, 'x') &rarr; 'Helloxxxxx'</code><br> + + + + + + <h3>regexp_replace() function</h3> +Returns a string with the supplied regular expression replaced. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + regexp_replace(<i>string,regex,after</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The start string.<br> +<i> regex</i> &rarr; is string. The regular expression to replace. Backslash characters must be double escaped (eg "&#92;&#92;s" to match a white space character).<br> +<i> after</i> &rarr; is string. The string that will replace any matching occurences of the supplied regular expression. Captured groups can be inserted into the replacement string using &#92;&#92;1, &#92;&#92;2, etc. <br></p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + regexp_replace('QGIS SHOULD ROCK','&#92;&#92;sSHOULD&#92;&#92;s',' DOES ') &rarr; 'QGIS DOES ROCK'</p> + + + + + + <h3>upper() function</h3> +Converts a string to upper case letters. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + upper(<i>string</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The String to convert to upper case.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + upper('hello WOrld') &rarr; 'HELLO WORLD'</p> + + + + + + <h3>Record Group</h3> +This group contains functions that operate on record identifiers. + + + + + + <h3>right() function</h3> +Returns a substring that contains the <i>n</i> rightmost characters of the string. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>right(string, pos)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string. The string. +<br> +<code>length</code> - is int. The number of characters from the right to return. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>right('Hello World',5) &rarr; 'World'</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>length() function</h3> +Returns the length of a string. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + length(<i>string</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The String to count the length of.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + length('HELLO') &rarr; 5</p> + + + + + + <h3>Function ceil()</h3> +Rounds a number upwards. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>ceil(value)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>value</code> - a number. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>ceil(4.9) &rarr; 5</code><br> +<code>ceil(-4.9) &rarr; -4</code><br> + + + + + + <h3>min() function</h3> +Returns the smallest value in a set of values. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> + min(<i>value<i>[,<i>value</i>...]) + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> value</i> &rarr; a number.<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + min(20.5,10,6.2) &rarr; 6.2 + + + + + + <h3>Funktion ln()</h3> +Returns the value of the natural logarithm of the passed expression. +<br> +This function takes one argument. +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>ln(value)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>value</code> - any positive number. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>ln(1) &rarr; 0</code><br> +<code>ln(2.7182818284590452354) &rarr; 1</code><br> + + + + + + <h3>color_hsla() function</h3> +Returns a string representation of a color based on its hue, saturation, lightness and alpha (transparency) attributes + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + color_hsla(<i>hue, saturation, lightness, alpha</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> hue</i> &rarr; the hue of the color, as an integer value from 0 to 360.<br> +<i> saturation</i> &rarr; the saturation percentage of the color as an integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> lightness</i> &rarr; the lightness percentage of the color as an integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> alpha</i> &rarr; the alpha component as an integer value from 0 (completely transparent) to 255 (opaque).<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + color_hsla(100,50,70,200) &rarr; '166,217,140,200'</p> + + + + + + <h3>regexp_match() function</h3> +Returns true if any part of a string matches the supplied regular expression. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + regexp_match(<i>string,regex</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The string to test against the regular expression.<br> +<i> regex</i> &rarr; is string. The regular expression to test against. Backslash characters must be double escaped (eg "&#92;&#92;s" to match a white space character).<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + regexp_match('QGIS ROCKS','&#92;&#92;sROCKS') &rarr; 1</p> + + + + + + <h3>asin() function</h3> +Returns arcussinus of a value in radians. + + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + asin(<i>real</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<i>real</i> &rarr; sin of an angle.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> + asin(1.0) &rarr; 1.5707963267949</p> + + + + + + <h3>clamp() function</h3> +Restricts an input value to a specified range. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + clamp(<i>minimum</i>,<i>input</i>,<i>maximum</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> minimum</i> &rarr; The smallest value <i>input</i> is allowed to take.<br> +<i> input</i> &rarr; a value which will be restricted to the range specified by <i>minimum</i> and <i>maximum</i>.<br> +<i> maximum</i> &rarr; The largest value <i>input</i> is allowed to take.<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + clamp(1,5,10) &rarr; 5 (<i>input</i> is between 1 and 10 so is returned unchanged)<br> + clamp(1,0,10) &rarr; 1 (<i>input</i> is less than minimum value of 1, so function returns 1)<br> + clamp(1,11,10) &rarr; 10 (<i>input</i> is greater than maximum value of 10, so function returns 11)<br> + + + + + + + + <h3>sqrt() function</h3> +Returns square root of a value + + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + sqrt(<i>real</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<i>real</i> &rarr; number.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> + sqrt(9) &rarr; 3</p> + + + + + + <h3>$x function</h3> +Returns the x coordinate of the current feature. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$x</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$x &rarr; 42</pre> + + + + + + + <h3>tostring function</h3> +Converts a number to string. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + tostring(<i>number</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i>number</i> &rarr; is integer or real. The number to convert to string.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + tostring(123) &rarr; '123'</p> + + + + + + <h3>round() function</h3> +Rounds a number to number of decimal places. +<br> +This function can take one or two arguments depending on what is needed. +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>round(decimal,places)</code><br> +<code>round(decimal)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>decimal</code> - is decimal. The decimal number to be rounded. +<br> +<code>places</code> - is int. The number of places to round decimal too. Can be negative. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>round(1234.567, 2 ) &rarr; 1234.57</code><br> +use <code>round(decimal)</code> to round to the nearest integer<br> +<code>round(1234.567) &rarr; 1235</code><br> + + + + + + + + <h3>format_date() function</h3> +Format a date type or string into a custom string format. Uses Qt data time format strings. See <a href='http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qdatetime.html#toString'>QDateTime::toString</a> + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>format_date('string', 'format_string')</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string. Date/Time/DateTime string. +<br> +<code>format_string</code> - is string. String template used to format the string. + + <table> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Expression</th> + + <th>Output</th> + </tr> + </thead> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>d</td> + + <td>the day as number without a leading zero (1 to 31)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>dd</td> + + <td>the day as number with a leading zero (01 to 31)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>ddd</td> + + <td>the abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun'). Uses <a href= + "qdate.html#shortDayName">QDate::shortDayName</a>().</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>dddd</td> + + <td>the long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Sunday'). Uses <a href= + "qdate.html#longDayName">QDate::longDayName</a>().</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>M</td> + + <td>the month as number without a leading zero (1-12)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>MM</td> + + <td>the month as number with a leading zero (01-12)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>MMM</td> + + <td>the abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec'). Uses <a href= + "qdate.html#shortMonthName">QDate::shortMonthName</a>().</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>MMMM</td> + + <td>the long localized month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December'). Uses <a href= + "qdate.html#longMonthName">QDate::longMonthName</a>().</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>yy</td> + + <td>the year as two digit number (00-99)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>yyyy</td> + + <td>the year as four digit number</td> + </tr> + </table> + + <p>These expressions may be used for the time part of the format string:</p> + + <table> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Expression</th> + + <th>Output</th> + </tr> + </thead> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>h</td> + + <td>the hour without a leading zero (0 to 23 or 1 to 12 if AM/PM display)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>hh</td> + + <td>the hour with a leading zero (00 to 23 or 01 to 12 if AM/PM display)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>H</td> + + <td>the hour without a leading zero (0 to 23, even with AM/PM display)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>HH</td> + + <td>the hour with a leading zero (00 to 23, even with AM/PM display)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>m</td> + + <td>the minute without a leading zero (0 to 59)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>mm</td> + + <td>the minute with a leading zero (00 to 59)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>s</td> + + <td>the second without a leading zero (0 to 59)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>ss</td> + + <td>the second with a leading zero (00 to 59)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>z</td> + + <td>the milliseconds without leading zeroes (0 to 999)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>zzz</td> + + <td>the milliseconds with leading zeroes (000 to 999)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>AP or A</td> + + <td>interpret as an AM/PM time. <i>AP</i> must be either "AM" or "PM".</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td>ap or a</td> + + <td>Interpret as an AM/PM time. <i>ap</i> must be either "am" or "pm".</td> + </tr> + </table> + +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>format_date('2012-05-15','dd.mm.yyyy') &rarr; 15.05.2012</code><br> + + + + + + <h3>$now function</h3> +Returns the current date and time + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$now</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$now &rarr; 2012-07-22T13:24:57</pre> + + + + + + + <h3>CASE expression</h3> +A conditional expression that can be used to evaluate multiple expressions and +return a result. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre> + CASE + WHEN <i>condition</i> THEN <i>result</i> + [ ...n ] + [ ELSE <i>result</i> ] + END +</pre> +[ ] marks optional components + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> WHEN condition</i> - The condition expression to evaluate. <br> +<i> THEN result</i> - If <i>condition</i> evaluates to True then <i>result</i> is evaluated and returned. <br> +<i> ELSE result</i> - If none of the above conditions evaluated to True then <i>result</i> is evaluated and returned. <br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<pre> + CASE + WHEN <i>"column" IS NULL</i> THEN <i>'None'</i> + END +</pre> + + + + + + <h3>Conditions Group</h3> +This group contains functions that operate on condition. + + + + + + <h3>day() function</h3> +Extract the day from a date, or the number of days +from a <code>Interval</code> + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>day(date)</code><br> +<code>day(Interval)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>date</code> - is date or datetime. The date to extract the day from. +<br> +<code>Interval</code> - is Interval. The Interval to return the number of days from. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>day('2012-05-12') &rarr; 12</code><br> +<code>day(tointerval('3 days')) &rarr; 3</code><br> +<code>day(age('2012-01-01','2010-01-01')) &rarr; 730</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>exp() function</h3> +Returns exponential of an value. + + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + exp(<i>real</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<i>real</i> &rarr; number.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> + exp(1.0) &rarr; 2.71828182845905</p> + + + + + + <h3>tointerval() function</h3> +Converts a string to a interval type. Can be used to take days, hours, month, etc off a date. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>tointerval('string')</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string. Format {n} days {n} hours {n} months +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>todatetime('2012-05-05 12:00:00') - tointerval('1 day 2 hours') &rarr; 2012-05-04T10:00:00</code><br> + + + + + <h3>color_hsva() function</h3> +Returns a string representation of a color based on its hue, saturation, value and alpha (transparency) attributes + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + color_hsva(<i>hue, saturation, value, alpha</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> hue</i> &rarr; the hue of the color, as an integer value from 0 to 360.<br> +<i> saturation</i> &rarr; the saturation percentage of the color as an integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> value</i> &rarr; the value percentage of the color as an integer from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> alpha</i> &rarr; the alpha component as an integer value from 0 (completely transparent) to 255 (opaque).<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + color_hsva(40,100,100,200) &rarr; '255,170,0,200'</p> + + + + + + <h3>Function floor()</h3> +Rounds a number downwards. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>floor(value)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>value</code> - a number. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>floor(4.9) &rarr; 4</code><br> +<code>floor(-4.9) &rarr; -5</code><br> + + + + + + <h3>strpos() function</h3> +Return the index of a regular expression in a string. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> + strpos(<i>haystack</i>, <i>needle</i>) +<br><br> +Returns -1 if the expression isn't found. + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> haystack</i> &rarr; is string. The string that is to be searched.<br> +<i> needle</i> &rarr; is number. The regular expression to look for.<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + strpos('HELLO WORLD','WORLD') &rarr; 6<br> + strpos('HELLO WORLD','GOODBYE') &rarr; -1<br> + + + + + + <h3>totime() function</h3> +Convert a string into Qt time type. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>totime('string')</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string in Qt time format. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>totime('12:30:01') &rarr; 12:30:01</code><br> + + + + + <h3>max() function</h3> +Returns the largest value in a set of values. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> + max(<i>value<i>[,<i>value</i>...]) + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> value</i> &rarr; a number.<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + max(2,10.2,5.5) &rarr; 10.2 + + + + + + <h3>acos() function</h3> +Returns arcuscosinus of a value in radians. + + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + acos(<i>real</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<i>real</i> &rarr; cos of an angle.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> + acos(0.5) &rarr; 1.0471975511966</p> + + + + + + <h3>title() function</h3> +Converts all words of a string to title case (all words lower case with leading +capital letter). + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + title(<i>string</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The string to convert to title case.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + upper('hello WOrld') &rarr; 'Hello World'</p> + + + + + + <h3>atan2() function</h3> +Returns arcustangens of y/x using the signs of the two +arguments to determine the quadrant of the result + + + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + atan2(<i>real</i>, <i>real</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<i>real</i> &rarr; y coordinate difference<br> +<i>real</i> &rarr; x coordinate difference</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> + atan2(1.0, 1.732) &rarr; 0.523611477769969</p> + + + + + + <h3>rand() function</h3> +Returns a random integer within the range specified by the minimum and +maximum argument (inclusive). +<br> +This function takes two arguments. +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>rand(min, max)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>min</code> - an integer representing the smallest possible random number desired.<br> +<code>max</code> - an integer representing the largest possible random number desired. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>rand(1, 10) &rarr; 8</code><br> + + + + + + +<h3>ramp_color() function</h3> +Returns a string representing a color from a color ramp. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + ramp_color(<i>ramp_name,value</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> ramp_name</i> &rarr; the name of the color ramp as a string, for example 'Spectral'.<br> +<i> value</i> &rarr; the position on the ramp to select the color from as a real number between 0 and 1.<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + ramp_color('Spectral',0.3) &rarr; '#fdbe73'</p> + +<p><h4>Note:</h4> +The color ramps available vary between QGIS installations. This function +may not give the expected results if you move your Quantum project. +</p> + + + + + + <h3>Conversions Group</h3> +This group contains functions to convert on data type to another e.g string to integer, integer to string. + + + + + + <h3>Operators Group</h3> +This group contains operators e.g + - * + + + + + + <h3>$page function</h3> +Returns the current page number within a composition. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$page</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$page &rarr; 2</pre> + + + + + + + <h3>second() function</h3> +Extract the seconds from a datetime or time, or the number of seconds +from a <code>Interval</code> + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>second(datetime)</code><br> +<code>second(Interval)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>date</code> - is datetime or time. The date to extract the second from. +<br> +<code>Interval</code> - is Interval. The Interval to return the number of seconds from. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>second('2012-07-22T13:24:57') &rarr; 57</code><br> +<code>second(tointerval('3 seconds')) &rarr; 3</code><br> +<code>second(age('2012-07-22T00:20:00','2012-07-22T00:00:00')) &rarr; 1200</code><br> +<code>second(age('2012-01-01','2010-01-01')) &rarr; 63072000</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>$y function</h3> +Returns the y coordinate of the current feature. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$y</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$y &rarr; 42</pre> + + + + + + + <h3>cos() function</h3> +Returns cosinus of an angle. + + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + cos(<i>real</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<i>real</i> &rarr; angle in radians.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> + cos(1.571) &rarr; 0.000796326710733263</p> + + + + + + <h3>log() function</h3> +Returns the value of the logarithm of the passed value and base. +<br> +This function takes two arguments. +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>log(base, value)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>base</code> - any positive number.<br> +<code>value</code> - any positive number. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>log(2, 32) &rarr; 5</code><br> +<code>log(0.5, 32) &rarr; -5</code><br> + + + + + + <h3>sin() function</h3> +Returns sinus of an angle. + + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + sin(<i>real</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<i>real</i> &rarr; angle in radians.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> + sin(1.571) &rarr; 0.999999682931835</p> + + + + + + <h3>Fields and Values</h3> +Contains a list of fields from the layer. Sample values can also be accessed via right-click. +<br><br> +Select the field name from the list then right-click to access context menu with options to load sample values from the selected field. + + + + + + + <h3>toint function</h3> +Converts a string to integer number. Nothing changed if a value cannot be converted to integer (e.g '123asd' is invalid). + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + toint(<i>string</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The String to convert to integer number.</p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + toint('123') &rarr; 123</p> + + + + + + <h3>substr() function</h3> +Return a part of a string + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + substr(<i>string,startpos,length</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The full string.<br> +<i> startpos</i> &rarr; is number. The start position to extract from.<br> +<i> length</i> &rarr; is number. The length of the string to extract.<br></p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + substr('HELLO WORLD',3,5) &rarr; 'LLO W'</p> + + + + + + <h3>color_hsl() function</h3> +Returns a string representation of a color based on its hue, saturation, and lightness attributes + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + color_hsl(<i>hue, saturation, lightness</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> hue</i> &rarr; the hue of the color, as an integer value from 0 to 360.<br> +<i> saturation</i> &rarr; the saturation percentage of the color as an integer value from 0 to 100.<br> +<i> lightness</i> &rarr; the lightness percentage of the color as an integer value from 0 to 100.<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + color_hsl(100,50,70) &rarr; '#a6d98c'</p> + + + + + + +<h3>color_rgb() function</h3> +Returns a string representation of a color based on its red, green, and blue components + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + color_rgb(<i>red, green, blue</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> red</i> &rarr; the red component as an integer value from 0 to 255.<br> +<i> green</i> &rarr; the green component as an integer value from 0 to 255.<br> +<i> blue</i> &rarr; the blue component as an integer value from 0 to 255.<br> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + color_rgb(255,127,0) &rarr; '#ff7f00'</p> + + + + + + <h3>randf() function</h3> +Returns a random float within the range specified by the minimum and +maximum argument (inclusive). +<br> +This function takes two arguments. +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>randf(min, max)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>min</code> - a float representing the smallest possible random number desired.<br> +<code>max</code> - a float representing the largest possible random number desired. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>randf(1, 10) &rarr; 4.59258286403147</code><br> + + + + + + <h3>xat function</h3> +Retrieves a x coordinate of the current feature + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>xat(i)</code> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>i<code> - is int. index of point of a line (indices start at 0; negative values apply to the last index). + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>xat(1) &rarr; 5</pre> + + + + + + <h3>replace() function</h3> +Returns a string with the the supplied string replaced. + +<p><h4>Syntax</h4> + replace(<i>string,before,after</i>)</p> + +<p><h4>Arguments</h4> +<!-- List args for functions here--> +<i> string</i> &rarr; is string. The start string.<br> +<i> before</i> &rarr; is string. The string to replace.<br> +<i> after</i> &rarr; is string. The string that will replace <i>before</i><br></p> + +<p><h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> + replace('QGIS SHOULD ROCK','SHOULD','DOES') &rarr; 'QGIS DOES ROCK'</p> + + + + + + <h3>hour() function</h3> +Extract the hour from a datetime or time, or the number of hours +from a <code>Interval</code> + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>hour(datetime)</code><br> +<code>hour(Interval)</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>date</code> - is datetime or time. The date to extract the hour from. +<br> +<code>Interval</code> - is Interval. The Interval to return the number of hours from. + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>hour('2012-07-22T13:24:57') &rarr; 13</code><br> +<code>hour(tointerval('3 hours')) &rarr; 3</code><br> +<code>hour(age('2012-07-22T13:00:00','2012-07-22T10:00:00')) &rarr; 3</code><br> +<code>hour(age('2012-01-01','2010-01-01')) &rarr; 17520</code><br> + + + + + + + <h3>yat function</h3> +Retrieves a y coordinate of the current feature + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>yat(i)</code> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>i<code> - is int. index of point of a line (indices start at 0; negative values apply to the last index). + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>yat(1) &rarr; 5</pre> + + + + + + <h3>$pi constant</h3> +Returns pi as value for calculations + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<pre>$pi</pre> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +None + +<h4>Example</h4> +<pre>$pi &rarr; 3.14159265358979</pre> + + + + + + <h3>todate() function</h3> +Convert a string into Qt data type. + +<h4>Syntax</h4> +<code>todate('string')</code><br> + +<h4>Arguments</h4> +<code>string</code> - is string in Qt date format. +<br> + +<h4>Example</h4> +<!-- Show example of function.--> +<code>todate('2012-05-04') &rarr; 2012-05-04</code><br> + + + + + context_help + + + <h3>Project Properties</h3> +This dialog allows you to set a number of properties related to the <label>Project</label>. A Project is a saved set of layers and their settings, as well as other information required to restore the project from disk.<p> + +<a href="#general">General Tab</a><br/> +<a href="#crs">Coordinate Reference System (CRS) Tab</a><br/> +<a href="#layers">Identifiable layers Tab</a><br/> + +<a name="general"> +<h4>General Tab</h4> +</a> +<table border=1> +<tr><td><label>Project title</label></td><td>A descriptive title for the project. This title will be displayed in the title bar of the QGIS window</td></tr> +<tr><td><label>Selection color</label></td><td>Selected features are displayed on the map using this color.</td></tr> +<tr><td><label>Background color</label></td><td>The color of the map canvas.</td></tr> +<tr><td><label>Save paths</label></td><td>Ability to save the paths as absolute or relative.</td></tr> +<tr><td><label>Layer units</label></td><td>Choose the units appropriate for the layers in the project.</td></tr> +<tr><td><label>Precision</label></td><td>Use the manual setting to set the precision of the display in the status bar. As the mouse is moved over the map canvas, the coordinates are updated and displayed in the status bar using the precision you choose. Automatic (the default) results in a default precision based on the map units.</td></tr> +<tr><td><label>Digitizing</label></td><td>The option <label> Enable topological editing</label> enables editing and maintaining common boundaries in polygon mosaics. Editing a vertex in shared boundary will result in updating both boundaries.<p> +To avoid digitizing all vertices of the common boundary select <label>Avoid intersections of new polygons</label>. In the dialog window tick appropriate layers to which the new polygon will be adjusted. Draw the new polygon in the way it overlap the existing one, it will be cut automatically. <p> +<label>Snapping options</label> allows you to set the snapping tolerance in pixels or map units and the snapping mode: <label>to vertex</label>, <label>to segment</label>, <label>to vertex and segment</label> for every layer separately.</td></tr> + +</table> +<a name="crs"> +<h4>Coordinate Reference System (CRS) Tab</h4> +</a> +The Coordinate Reference System (CRS) tab allows you to set the projection for the current project and enable on the fly transformation. You do not need to have a saved project to setup and enable 'on the fly' CRS transformation. +<p>To use 'on the fly' CRS transformation, click the <label>Enable 'on the fly' CRS transformation</label> check box. Then choose the projection for the project (map canvas) from the list of Geographic or Projected coordinate systems. +<p>You can find a coordinate system by entering its name, EPSG code or the QGIS ID and clicking the <label>Find</label> button. +<p>The list of recently used coordinate systems will be available on the bottom for quick access. + +<a name="layers"> +<h4>Identifiable layers Tab</h4> +</a> +On this tab you can choose on which layers the identify tool will work. + + <h3>Vlastnosti projektu</h3> +Toto dialógové okno vám umožní nastaviť množstvo vlastností viažúcich sa na <label>Projekt</label>. Projekt je množina vrstiev a ich nastavení ako aj ďalšie informácie potrebné k tomu aby bolo možné načítať projekt z disku.<p> + +<h4>Záložka Všeobecné</h4> +<table border=1> +<tr> +<td>Názov projektu</td><td>popisný titulok projektu. Tento tiulok sa bude zobrazovať v titulnom riadku okna QGIS</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Mapové jednotky</td><td>Vyberte mapové jednotky zodpovedajúce vrstvám projektu</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Presnosť/Presnosť zobrazovanie polohy kurzora</td><td>Ručné nastavnie sa používa na nastavenie presnosti zobrazovania v stavovom riadku. Pri pohybe myšou po mapovom plátne sa súradnice v stavovom riadku automaticky aktualizujú a sú zobrazované s presnosťou nastavenou v tomto okne. Automaticky (predvolené nastavenia) zorbazovaná presnosť je nastavená na základe štandardnej presnosti mapových jednotiek.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Nastavenie digitalizácie</td><td>Nastavenie umožňuje určiť toleranciu zameriavania v pixeloch, hrúbku čiary používanej pri digitalizácii a farbu digitalizačnej čiary.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Farba výberu</td><td>Touto farbou budú na mape zobrazené všetky vybrané (označené) objekty.</td> +</tr> +</table> +<a anchor="projections"></a><h4>Záložka Mapové zobrazenia</h4> +Záložka Mapové zobrazovania umožňuje nastaviť mapové zobrazenie aktuálneho projektu a zapnúť priame prevody medzi zobrazeniami (OTF). Na nastavenie a zapnutie prevodu medzi zobrazeniami nie je potrebné uložiť projekt.<p> +Na zapnutie priemeho prevodu medzi mapovými zobrazeniami, kliknite na zaškrtávacie políčko <label>Zapnúť priame prevody medzi zobrazeniami</label>. Potom vyberte zo zoznamu zmepisných alebo mapových súradnicových systémov mapové zobrazenie zodpovedajúce projektu (na mapovom plátne) . +<p> +Príslušný súradnicový systém možno nájsť aj zadaním jeho PostGIS SRID, EPSG kódu, alebo QGIS SRSRID a následným kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Nájsť</label>. + + + + + + <h3>Export a QGIS Project to MapServer Map File</h3> +<p> +This tool allows you to export a saved QGIS project file to a MapServer map. Only the <b>Map file</b> and <b>QGIS project file</b> inputs are required. +</p> +Tick the <label>Use current project</label> check box or enter the full path to the QGIS project file (.qgs) you want to export. You can use the button at the right to browse for the QGIS project file. + +<h4>Map file</h4> + +<label>Map file</label> Enter the name for the map file to be created. You can use the button at the right to browse for the directory where you want the map file created. + +<h4>Map</h4> +These values are written to the map file in the appropriate spots to set things such as output image size, units and image type. +<dl> + <dt><label>Name</label></dt> + <dd>A name for the map. This name is prefixed to all images generated by the MapServer.</dd> + <dt><label>Width</label></dt> + <dd>Width of the output image in pixels.</dd> + <dt><label>Height</label></dt> + <dd>Height of the output image in pixels.</dd> + <dt><label>Units</label></dt> + <dd>Units of measure used for output.</dd> + <dt><label>Image type</label></dt> + <dd>Format for the output image generated by MapServer</dd> +</dl> +<h4>Paths</h4> +<dl> + <dt><label>Template</label></dt> + <dd>Full path to the MapServer template file to be used with the map file.</dd> + <dt><label>Header</label></dt> + <dd>Full path to the MapServer header file to be used with the map file.</dd> + <dt><label>Footer</label></dt> + <dd>Full path to the MapServer footer file to be used with the map file.</dd> + + + + + <h3>Delimited Text File Layer</h3> +Loads and displays delimited text files +<p> +<a href="#re">Overview</a><br/> +<a href="#creating">Creating a delimited text layer</a><br/> +<a href="#csv">How the delimiter, quote, and escape characters work</a><br /> +<a href="#regexp">How regular expression delimiters work</a><br /> +<a href="#wkt">How WKT text is interpreted</a><br /> +<a href="#attributes">Attributes in delimited text files</a><br /> +<a href="#example">Example of a text file with X,Y point coordinates</a><br/> +<a href="#wkt_example">Example of a text file with WKT geometries</a><br/> +<a href="#python">Using delimited text layers in Python</a><br/> +</p> + +<h4><a name="re">Overview</a></h4> +<p>A &quot;delimited text file&quot; contains data in which each record starts on a new line, and +is split into fields by a delimiter such as a comma. +This type of file is commonly exported from spreadsheets (for example CSV files) or databases. +Typically the first line of a delimited text file contains the names of the fields. +</p> +<p> +Delimited text files can be loaded into QGIS as a layer. +The records can be displayed spatially either as a point +defined by X and Y coordinates, or using a Well Known Text (WKT) definition of a geometry which may +describe points, lines, and polygons of arbitrary complexity. The file can also be loaded as an attribute +only table, which can then be joined to other tables in QGIS. +</p> +<p> +In addition to the geometry definition the file can contain text, integer, and real number fields. QGIS +will choose the type of field based on its contents. +</p> +<h4><a name="creating">Creating a delimited text layer</a></h4> +<p>Creating a delimited text layer involves choosing the data file, defining the format (how each record is to +be split into fields), and defining the geometry is represented. +This is managed with the delimited text dialog as detailed below. +The dialog box displays a sample from the beginning of the file which shows how the format +options have been applied. +</p> +<h5>Choosing the data file</h5> +<p>Use the &quot;Browse...&quot; button to select the data file. Once the file is selected the +layer name will automatically be populated based on the file name. The layer name is used to represent +the data in the QGIS legend. +</p> +<p> +By default files are assumed to be encoded as UTF-8. However other file +encodings can be selected. For example &quot;System&quot; uses the default encoding for the operating system. +It is safer to use an explicit coding if the QGIS project needs to be portable. +</p> +<h5>Specifying the file format</h5> +<p>The file format can be one of +<ul> + <li>CSV file format. This is a format commonly used by spreadsheets, in which fields are delimited + by a comma character, and quoted using a &quot;(quote) character. Within quoted fields, a quote + mark is entered as &quot;&quot;.</li> + <li>Selected delimiters. Each record is split into fields using one or more delimiter character. + Quote characters are used for fields which may contain delimiters. Escape characters may be used + to treat the following character as a normal character (ie to include delimiter, quote, and + new line characters in text fields). The use of delimiter, quote, and escape characters is detailed <a href="#csv">below</a>. + <li>Regular expression. Each line is split into fields using a &quot;regular expression&quot; delimiter. + The use of regular expressions is details <a href="#regexp">below</a>. +</ul> +<h5>Record and field options</h5> +<p>The following options affect the selection of records and fields from the data file</p> +<ul> + <li>Number of header lines to discard: used to ignore header lines at the beginning of the text file</li> + <li>First record has fields names: if selected then the first record in the file (after the discarded lines) is interpreted as names of fields, rather than as a data record.</li> + <li>Trim fields: if selected then leading and trailing whitespace characters will be removed from each field (except quoted fields). </li> + <li>Discard empty fields: if selected then empty fields (after trimming) will be discard. This + affects the alignment of data into fields and is equivalent to treating consecutive delimiters as a + single delimiter. Quoted fields are never discarded.</li> + <li>Decimal point is comma: if selected then commas are used as the decimal point in real numbers. For + example <tt>-51,354</tt> is equivalent to -51.354. + </li> +</ul> +<h5>Geometry definition</h5> +<p>The geometry is can be define as one of</p> +<ul> + <li>Point coordinates: each feature is represented as a point defined by X and Y coordinates.</li> + <li>Well known text (WKT) geometry: each feature is represented as a well known text string, for example + <tt>POINT(1.525622 51.20836)</tt>. See details of the <a href="#wkt">well known text</a> format. + <li>No geometry (attribute only table): records will not be displayed on the map, but can be viewed + in the attribute table and joined to other layers in QGIS</li> +</ul> +<p>For point coordinates the following options apply:</p> +<ul> + <li>X field: specifies the field containing the X coordinate</li> + <li>Y field: specifies the field containing the Y coordinate</li> + <li>DMS angles: if selected coordinates are represented as degrees/minutes/seconds + or degrees/minutes. QGIS is quite permissive in its interpretation of degrees/minutes/seconds. + A valid DMS coordinate will contain three numeric fields with an optional hemisphere prefix or suffix + (N, E, or + are positive, S, W, or - are negative). Additional non numeric characters are + generally discarded. For example <tt>N41d54'01.54&quot;</tt> is a valid coordinate. + </li> +</ul> +<p>For well known text geometry the following options apply:</p> +<ul> + <li>Geometry field: the field containing the well known text definition.</li> + <li>Geometry type: one of &quot;Detect&quot; (detect), &quot;Point&quot;, &quot;Line&quot;, or &quot;Polygon&quot;. + QGIS layers can only display one type of geometry feature (point, line, or polygon). This option selects + which geometry type is displayed in text files containing multiple geometry types. Records containing + other geometry types are discarded. + If &quot;Detect&quot; is selected then the type of the first geometry in the file will be used. + &quot;Point&quot; includes POINT and MULTIPOINT WKT types, &quot;Line&quot; includes LINESTRING and + MULTLINESTRING WKT types, and &quot;Polygon&quot; includes POLYGON and MULTIPOLYGON WKT types. +</ul> + +<h4><a name="csv">How the delimiter, quote, and escape characters work</a></h4> +<p>Records are split into fields using three character sets: +delimiter characters, quote characters, and escape characters. +Other characters in the record are considered as data, split into +fields by delimiter characters. +Quote characters occur in pairs and cause the text between them to be treated as a data. Escape characters cause the character following them to be treated as data. +</p> +<p> +Quote and escape characters cannot be the same as delimiter characters - they +will be ignored if they are. Escape characters can be the same as quote characters, but behave differently +if they are.</p> +<p>The delimiter characters are used to mark the end of each field. If more than one delimiter character +is defined then any one of the characters can mark the end of a field. The quote and escape characters +can override the delimiter character, so that it is treated as a normal data character.</p> +<p>Quote characters may be used to mark the beginning and end of quoted fields. Quoted fields can +contain delimiters and may span multiple lines in the text file. If a field is quoted then it must +start and end with the same quote character. Quote characters cannot occur within a field unless they +are escaped.</p> +<p>Escape characters which are not quote characters force the following character to be treated as data. +(that is, to stop it being treated as a new line, delimiter, or quote character). +</p> +<p>Escape characters that are also quote characters have much more limited effect. They only apply within quotes and only escape themselves. For example, if +<tt>'</tt> is a quote and escape character, then the string +<tt>'Smith''s&nbsp;Creek'</tt> will represent the value Smith's&nbsp;Creek. +</p> + + +<h4><a name="regexp">How regular expression delimiters work</a></h4> +<p>Regular expressions are mini-language used to represent character patterns. There are many variations +of regular expression syntax - QGIS uses the syntax provided by the <a href="http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qregexp.html">QRegExp</a> class of the <a href="http://qt.digia.com">Qt</a> framework.</p> +<p>In a regular expression delimited file each line is treated as a record. Each match of the regular expression in the line is treated as the end of a field. +If the regular expression contains capture groups (eg <tt>(cat|dog)</tt>) + then these are extracted as fields. + If this is not desired then use non-capturing groups (eg <tt>(?:cat|dog)</tt>). +</p> +<p>The regular expression is treated differently if it is anchored to the start of the line (that is, the pattern starts with <tt>^</tt>). +In this case the regular expression is matched against each line. If the line does not match it is discarded +as an invalid record. Each capture group in the expression is treated as a field. The regular expression +is invalid if it does not have capture groups. As an example this can be used as a (somewhat +unintuitive) means of loading data with fixed width fields. For example the +expression +<pre> +^(.{5})(.{10})(.{20})(.{20}).* +</pre> +<p>will extract four fields of widths 5, 10, 20, and 20 characters from each line. +Lines less than 45 characters long will be discarded. +</p> + + +<h4><a name="wkt">How WKT text is interpreted</a></h4> +<p> +The delimited text layer recognizes the following +<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Well-known_text">well known text</a> types - +<tt>POINT</tt>, <tt>MULTIPOINT</tt>, <tt>LINESTRING</tt>, <tt>MULTILINESTRING</tt>, <tt>POLYGON</tt>, and <tt>MULTIPOLYGON</tt>. +It will accept geometries with +a Z coordinate (eg <tt>POINT&nbsp;Z</tt>), a measure (<tt>POINT&nbsp;M</tt>), or both (<tt>POINT&nbsp;ZM</tt>). +</p> +<p> +It can also handle the PostGIS EWKT variation, in which the geometry is preceded by an spatial reference +system id (eg <tt>SRID=4326;POINT(175.3&nbsp;41.2)</tt>), and a variant used by Informix in which the WKT is +preceded by an integer spatial reference id (eg <tt>1 POINT(175.3&nbsp;41.2)</tt>). +In both cases the SRID is ignored. +</p> + + + +<h4><a name="attributes">Attributes in delimited text files</a></h4> +<p>Each record in the delimited text file is split into fields representing +attributes of the record. Usually the attribute names are taken from the first +data record in the file. However if this does not contain attribute names, then they will be named <tt>field_1</tt>, <tt>field_2</tt>, and so on. +Also if records have more fields than are defined in the header record then these +will be named <tt>field_#</tt>, where # is the field number (note that empty fields at the end of a record are ignored). +QGIS may override +the names in the text file if they are numbers, or have names like <tt>field_#</tt>, +or are duplicated. +</p> +<p> +In addition to the attributes explicitly in the data file QGIS assigns a unique +feature id to each record which is the line number in the source file on which +the record starts. +</p> +<p> +Each attribute also has a data type, one of string (text), integer, or real number. +The data type is inferred from the content of the fields - if every non blank value +is a valid integer then the type is integer, otherwise if it is a valid real +number then the type is real, otherwise the type is string. Note that this is +based on the content of the fields - quoting fields does not change the way they +are interpreted. +</p> + + +<h4><a name="example">Example of a text file with X,Y point coordinates</a></h4> +<pre> +X;Y;ELEV<br /> +-300120;7689960;13<br /> +-654360;7562040;52<br /> +1640;7512840;3<br /> +</pre> +<p>This file:</p> +<ul> +<li> Uses <b>;</b> as delimiter. Any character can be used to delimit the fields.</li> +<li>The first row is the header row. It contains the field names X, Y and ELEV.</li> +<li>The x coordinates are contained in the X field.</li> +<li>The y coordinates are contained in the Y field.</li> +</ul> +<h4><a name="wkt_example">Example of a text file with WKT geometries</a></h4> +<pre> +id|wkt<br /> +1|POINT(172.0702250 -43.6031036)<br /> +2|POINT(172.0702250 -43.6031036)<br /> +3|POINT(172.1543206 -43.5731302)<br /> +4|POINT(171.9282585 -43.5493308)<br /> +5|POINT(171.8827359 -43.5875983)<br /> +</pre> +<p>This file:</p> +<ul> + <li>Has two fields defined in the header row: id and wkt. + <li>Uses <b>|</b> as a delimiter.</li> + <li>Specifies each point using the WKT notation +</ul> + +<h4><a name="python">Using delimited text layers in Python</a></h4> +<p>Delimited text data sources can be creating from Python in a similar way to other vector layers. +The pattern is: +</p> +<pre> +from PyQt4.QtCore import QUrl, QString<br /> +from qgis.core import QgsVectorLayer, QgsMapLayerRegistry<br /> +<br /> +# Define the data source<br /> +filename="test.csv"<br /> +uri=QUrl.fromLocalFile(filename)<br /> +uri.addQueryItem("type","csv")<br /> +uri.addQueryItem("delimiter","|")<br /> +uri.addQueryItem("wktField","wkt")<br /> +# ... other delimited text parameters<br /> +layer=QgsVectorLayer(QString(uri.toEncoded()),"Test CSV layer","delimitedtext")<br /> +# Add the layer to the map<br /> +if layer.isValid():<br /> + QgsMapLayerRegistry.instance().addMapLayer( layer )<br /> +</pre> +<p>This could be used to load the second example file above.</p> +<p>The configuration of the delimited text layer is defined by adding query items to the uri. +The following options can be added +</p> +<ul> + <li><tt>encoding=..</tt> defines the file encoding. The default is &quot;UTF-8&quot;</li> + <li><tt>type=(csv|regexp|whitespace)</tt> defines the delimiter type. Valid values are csv, + regexp, and whitespace (which is just a special case of regexp). The default is csv.</li> + <li><tt>delimiter=...</tt> defines the delimiters that will be used for csv formatted files, + or the regular expression for regexp formatted files. The default is , for CSV files. There is + no default for regexp files.</li> + <li><tt>quote=..</tt> (for csv files) defines the characters used to quote fields. The default is &quot;</li> + <li><tt>escape=..</tt> (for csv files) defines the characters used to escape the special meaning of the next character. The default is &quot;</li> + <li><tt>skipLines=#</tt> defines the number of lines to discard from the beginning of the file. The default is 0.</li> + <li><tt>useHeader=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether the first data record contains the names of the data fields. The default is yes.</li> + <li><tt>trimFields=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether leading and trailing whitespace is to be removed from unquoted fields. The default is no.</li> + <li><tt>maxFields=#</tt> defines the maximum number of fields that will be loaded from the file. + Additional fields in each record will be discarded. The default is 0 - include all fields. + (This option is not available from the delimited text layer dialog box).</li> + <li><tt>skipEmptyFields=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether empty unquoted fields will be discarded (applied after trimFields). The default is no.</li> + <li><tt>decimalPoint=.</tt> specifies an alternative character that may be used as a decimal point in numeric fields. The default is a point (full stop) character.</li> + <li><tt>wktField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field containing a well known text geometry definition</li> + <li><tt>xField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field the X coordinate (only applies if wktField is not defined)</li> + <li><tt>yField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field the Y coordinate (only applies if wktField is not defined)</li> + <li><tt>geomType=(auto|point|line|polygon|none)</tt> specifies type of geometry for wkt fields, or none to load the file as an attribute-only table. The default is auto.</li> + <li><tt>subset=expression</tt> specifies an expression used to identify a subset of the records that will be + used.</li> + <li><tt>crs=...</tt> specifies the coordinate system to use for the vector layer, in a format accepted by QgsCoordinateReferenceSystem.createFromString (for example &quot;EPSG:4167&quot;). If this is not + specified then a dialog box may request this information from the user + when the layer is loaded (depending on QGIS CRS settings).</li> + <li><tt>subsetIndex=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should build an index to define subset during the initial file scan. The index will apply both for explicitly defined subsets, and for the implicit subset of features for which the geometry definition is valid. By default the subset index is built if it is applicable. This option is not available from the GUI.</li> + <li><tt>spatialIndex=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should build a spatial index during the initial file scan. By default the spatial index is not built. </li> + <li><tt>useWatcher=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should use a file system watcher to monitor for changes to the file. This option is not available from the GUI</li> + <li><tt>quiet=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether errors encountered loading the layer are presented in a dialog box (they will be written to the QGIS log in any case). The default is no. This option is not available from the GUI</li> +</ul> + + + + <h3>Modul na prácu s vrstvou z oddeleného textu</h3> +<i>Tento súbor pomocníka nie je preložený do vášho jazyka. Pokiaľ aby ste radi pomohli s jeho vytvorením, kontaktujte vývojársky tím QGIS.</i><hr> +Loads and displays delimited text files containing x,y coordinates. +<p> +<p> +<a href="#re">Requirements</a><br/> +<a href="#example">Example of a valid text file</a><br/> +<a href="#notes">Notes</a><br/> + +<a name="re"> +<h4>Requirements</h4> +</a> +To view a delimited text file as layer, the text file must contain: +<ol> +<li>A delimited header row of field names. This must be the first line in the text file.</li> +<li>The header row must contain an X and Y field. These fields can have any name.</li> +<li>The <B>x</B> and <B>y</B> coordinates must be specified as a number. The coordinate system is not important.</li> +</ol> +<a name="example"> +<h4>Example of a valid text file</h4> +</a> +X;Y;ELEV<br/> +-300120;7689960;13<br/> +-654360;7562040;52<br/> +1640;7512840;3<br/> +[...]<br/> +<a name="notes"> +<h4>Notes</h4> +</a> +<ol> +<li>The example text file uses <b>;</b> as delimiter. Any character can be used to delimit the fields.</li> +<li>The first row is the header row. It contains the fields X, Y and ELEV.</li> +<li>No quotes (") are used to delimit text fields.</li> +<li>The x coordinates are contained in the X field.</li> +<li>The y coordinates are contained in the Y field.</li> +</ol> + + + + <h3>Open Vector Layer Dialog</h3> + +The open vector layer dialog is used to add vector data to the QGIS map view. Vector data are spatial data described using geometries of points, lines and polygons (enclosed areas).</p> +QGIS supports vector data in a number of formats, including those supported by the OGR library data provider plugin, such as ESRI shape files, MapInfo MIF (interchange format) and MapInfo TAB (native format).</p> +QGIS supports PostGIS layers in a PostgreSQL database and SpatiaLite layers. Support for additional data types (eg. delimited text) is provided by additional data provider plugins. A list of OGR supported vector formats can be found in Appendix A.1 of the User Guide.</p> +Detailed description how to proceed with vector data is described in chapter 5 'Working with Vector Data'. + + + + + + <h3>Add PostGIS Tables</h3> +This dialog allows you to add PostGIS layers (tables with a geometry column) to the QGIS map canvas. +<p> +<a href="#connect">Connections</a><br/> +<a href="#add">Adding Layers</a><br/> +<a href="#filter">Filtering a Layer</a><br/> +<a href="#search">Search options</a><br/> + +<a href="#connect"> +<h4>Connections</h4> +</a> +<ul> +<li>Choose the connection to use from the drop-down box and click <label>Connect</label>. +<li>If there are no connections, use the <label>New</label> button to create a connection. +<li>To modify a connection, click the <label>Edit</label> button. +</ul> +<a name="add"> +<h4>Adding Layers</h4> +</a> +To add a layer: +<ol> +<li>Choose the desired connection from the drop-down box. +<li>Click <label>Connect</label>. +<li>Find the layer you want to add in the list and click on it to select it. +<li>You can select additional layers by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking. +<li>Click <label>Add</label> to add the layer(s) to the map. +</ol> +<a name="filter"> +<h4>Filtering a Layer</h4> +</a> +To filter a layer before adding it to the map, double click on its name or use <label>Build query</label> button. This will open the Query Builder, allowing you to build up a SQL statement to use in filtering the records. + +<a name="search"> +<h4>Search options</h4> +</a> +Ticking <label>Search options</label> enables additional options for searching in different column types and using 2 search modes: <label>Wildcard</label> or <label>RegExp</label>. + + <h3>Pridanie tabuliek PostGIS</h3> +Toto dialógové okno slúži na pridanie vrstiev PostGIS (tabuliek so stĺpcom obsahujúcim geometriu) na mapové plátno QGISu. +<p> +<a href="#connect">Spojenia</a><br/> +<a href="#add">Pridávanie vrstiev</a><br/> +<a href="#filter">Filtrovanie vrstiev</a><br/> + +<a name="connect"> +<h4>Spojenia</h4> +</a> +<ul> +<li>Z rozbaľovacieho menu vyberte spojenie, ktoré chcete použiť a kliknite na tlačidlo <label>Pripojiť</label>. +<li>Pokiaľ nie sú na výber žiadne spojenia, použite tlačidlo <label>Nové</label> na vytvorenie nového spojenia. +<li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Upraviť</label> môžete upraviť nastavenie spojenia. +</ul> +<a name="add"> +<h4>Pridávanie vrstiev</h4> +</a> +Postup na pridanie vrstvy: +<ol> +<li>V rozbaľovacom menu vyberte požadované spojenie. +<li>Kliknite na tlačidlo <label>Pripojiť</label>. +<li>Nájdite v zozname vrstvu, ktorú chcete pridať klikním ju označte. +<li>Klikaním so stlačenou klávesou Ctrl môžete označiť naraz viacero vrstiev. +<li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Pridať</label> sa ozančené vrstva/vrstvy pridajú do mapy. +</ol> +<a name="filter"> +<h4>Filtrovanie vrstiev</h4> +</a> +Obsah vrstvy možno pred pridaním do mapy filtrovať. Dvojklikom na názov vrstvy sa otvorí nástroj na tvorbu dopytov, ktorý umožňuje vytvoriť SQL dopyt, ktorý sa použije ako filter záznamov. + + + + + + <h3>Create a New PostgreSQL Connection</h3> +This dialog allows you to define the settings for a connection to a PostgreSQL database. +<p> +<ul> +<li> <label>Name</label> A name to identify the connection settings. + +<li> <label>Service</label> A name of a service listed in the <a href="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-pgservice.html">Connection Service File</a>. + +<li> <label>Host</label> Name or IP address of the computer hosting the database server (leave blank for local connections or services). + +<li> <label>Port</label> IP port used by the database server (leave blank for local connections or to use default port 5432). + +<li> <label>Database</label> Name of the database (leave blank for default database). + +<li> <label>SSL mode</label> <a href="http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.0/static/libpq-ssl.html#LIBPQ-SSL-SSLMODE-STATEMENTS">SSL mode</a> of the connection + +<li> <label>Username</label> Database user name. +<li> <label>Password</label> Database password. + +<li> <label>Save Username</label> Indicates whether to save the database user name in the connection configuration. + +<li> <label>Save Password</label> Indicates whether to save the database password in the connection settings. <font color="red">Passwords are saved in <strong>clear text</strong> in the system configuration and in the project files!</font> + +<li> <label>Only look in the geometry_columns table</label> Indicates that only "listed" geometry columns should be used - opposed to scanning all tables for geometry columns. + +<li> <label>Only look in the 'public' schema</label> Indicates that only tables in the 'public' schema should be considers - opposed to all accessible tables. + +<li> <label>Also list tables with no geometry</label> Indicates that tables without geometry should also be listed by default. + +<li> <label>Use estimated table metadata</label> When initializing layers, various queries may be needed to establish the characteristics of the geometries stored in the database table. When this option is checked, these queries examine only a sample of the rows and use the table statistics, rather than the entire table. This can drastically speed up operations on large datasets, but may result in incorrect characterization of layers (eg. the <font color="red">feature count</font> of filtered layers will not be accurately determined). + +</ul> + + <h3>Nové spojenie PostGIS</h3> +Na vytvorenie nového spojenia PostGIS je potrebné vedieť adresu hostiteľského počítača, port a prihlasovacie meno a heslo na databázový server. +<h4>Požadované parametre</h4> +<ul> +<li><label>Meno</label> - popisný názov pre toto spojenie +<li><label>Hostiteľ</label> - názov (adresa) hostiteľského počítača databázy (napr. madison.qgis.org) +<li><label>Databáza</label> - meno databázy na ktorú sa pripájame +<li><label>Port</label> - port na ktorom počúva databáza PostgreSQL. Štandardným portom je port 5432. Pokiaľ si nie ste istý v tomto nastavení, poraďte sa s vaším správcom databázy. +<li><label>Meno užívateľa</label> - prihlasovacie meno k vašej databáze +<li><label>Heslo</label> - vaše heslo do databázy +</ul> +<h4>Voľby</h4> +<ol> +<li><label>Uložiť heslo</label> - vaše heslo sa uloží takže ho zakaždým nebudete musieť zadávať. Heslo je ukladane ako čistý text v nastaveniach QGISu. +<li><label>Prezerať len tabuľku geometry_columns</label> - zvyčajne QGIS preveruje každú tabuľku v databáze a zisťuje, či má stĺpec s geometriou. V prípade že je táto podmienka splnená pridá tabuľku do zoznamu vrstiev. Zaškrtnutím tohoto políčka QGIS zobrazí len zoznam tých tabuliek ktoré boli "zaregistrované" t.j. majú svoj záznam v tabuľke geometry_columns. +<li><label>Prezerať len schému 'public'</label> - obmedzí vyhľadávanie vrstiev len na schému public +</ol> +<h4>Skúška spojenia</h4> +Kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Vyskúšať spojenie</label> sa inicializuje spojenie attempt to the database using the parameters you specified. Toto je dobrý spôsob akpo vyskúšať parametre spojenia predtým než bude spojenie uložené. + + + + + <h3>GPS Plugin</h3> + + + <h3>Zásuvný modul na prácu s GPS</h3> + + + + + <h3>Create New Vector Layer</h3> +To create a new layer for editing, choose <label>New Vector Layer</label> from the <label>Layer</label> menu.<br/> +With this dialog you can create a shape file layer. +<h4>Type</h4> +Choose the type of layer <label>Point</label>, <label>Line</label> or <label>Polygon</label>.<br/> +Click on <label>Specify CRS</label> button to change the coordinate reference system of the layer if needed. +<h4>New attribute</h4> +Add the desired attributes by clicking on the <label>Add to attributes list</label> button after you have specified a name and type for the attribute. Only real, integer, and string attributes are supported.<br/> +You can also define the width and precision of the new attribute column. +<h4>Attributes list</h4> +In this section you can see the list of attributes. To delete one of them, click on it and choose <label>Remove selected attribute</label> button. + + <h3>Tvorba novej vektorovej vrstvy</h3> + + + + + + <h3>Vector Layer Properties</h3> +This dialog allows you to work with vector layer settings and properties. There are seven tabs: +<p> +<a href="#symbology">Symbology</a><br/> +<a href="#labels">Labels</a><br/> +<a href="#attributes">Attributes</a><br/> +<a href="#general">General</a><br/> +<a href="#metadata">Metadata</a><br/> +<a href="#actions">Actions</a><br/> +<a href="#diagram">Diagram Overlay</a><br/> + +<a name="symbology"> +<h4>Symbology</h4> +</a> +To change the symbology for a layer, simply double click on its legend entry and the vector <label>Layer Properties</label> dialog will be shown.<p> +Within this dialog you can style your vector layer. Depending on the selected rendering option you have the possibility to also classify your map features. + +<h5>Legend type</h5> +QGIS supports a number of symbology renderers to control how vector features are displayed. Currently the following renderers are available: +<ul> +<li><label>Single symbol</label> - a single style is applied to every object in the layer. +<li><label>Graduated symbol</label> - objects within the layer are displayed with different symbols classified by the values of a particular field. +<li><label>Continuous color</label> - objects within the layer are displayed with a spread of colors classified by the numerical values within a specified field. +<li><label>Unique value</label> - objects are classified by the unique values within a specified field with each value having a different symbol. +</ul> + +<h5>New symbology</h5> +Click <label>New symbology</label> button to use new symbology implementation for the layer. + +<h5>Vector transparency</h5> +QGIS allows to set a transparency for every vector layer. This can be done with the slider <label>Transparency</label>. This is very useful for overlaying several vector layers. + +<h5>Saving styles</h5> +Once you have styled your layer you also could save your layer-style to a separate file (with *.qml ending). To do this, use the button <label>Save Style...</label>. No need to say that <label>Load Style...</label> loads your saved layer-style-file.<br/> +If you wish to always use a particular style whenever the layer is loaded, use the <label>Save As Default</label> button to make your style the default. Also, if you make changes to the style that you are not happy with, use the <label>Restore Default Style</label> button to revert to your default style. + +<a name="labels"> +<h4>Labels</h4> +</a> +The Labels tab allows you to enable labeling features and control a number of options related to fonts, placement, style, alignment and buffering.<br/> +Check the <label>Display labels</label> check box to enable labeling. + +<h5>Basic Label options</h5> +Choose the field to label with.<p> +Select the use the <label>Font</label> and <label>Color</label> buttons to set the font and color. You can also change the angle and the placement of the text-label.<p> +If have labels extending over several lines, check <label>Multiline labels?</label>. QGIS will check for a true line return in your label field and insert the line breaks accordingly. A true line return is a single character &#92;n, (not two separate characters, like a backslash &#92; followed by the character n). + +<h5>Placement</h5> +Change the label placement by selecting one of the radio buttons in the <label>Placement</label> group. + +<h5>Font size units</h5> +The <label>Font size units</label> allows you to select between <label>Points</label> or <label>Map units</label>. + +<h5>Buffer labels</h5> +To buffer the labels means putting a backdrop around them to make them stand out better. To buffer the lakes labels: +<ol> +<li>Click the <label>Buffer Labels</label> check box to enable buffering. +<li>Choose a size for the buffer using the spin box. +<li>Choose a color by clicking on <label>Color</label> and choosing your favorite from the color selector. You can also set some transparency for the buffer if you prefer. +<li>Click <label>Apply</label> to see if you like the changes. +</ol> +Notice you can also specify the buffer size in map +units if that works out better for you. + +<h5>Data defined placement, properties, buffer, position</h5> +The remaining entries inside the <label>Label</label> tab allow you control the appearance of the labels using attributes stored in the layer. The entries beginning with <label>Data defined</label> allow you to set all the parameters for the labels using fields in the layer. + + +<a name="attributes"> +<h4>Attributes</h4> +</a> +Within the <label>Attributes</label> tab the attributes of the selected data set can be manipulated. The buttons <label>New Column</label> and <label>Delete Column</label> can be used, when the data set is in editing mode. The OGR library supports to add new columns, but not to remove them, if you have a GDAL version >= 1.6 installed. Otherwise only columns from PostGIS layers can be edited.<p> +The <label>Toggle editing mode</label> button toggles this mode.<p> +Within the Attributes tab you also find an edit widget column. This column can be used to define values or a range of values that are allowed to be added to the specific attribute table column. If you click on the <label>edit widget</label> button, a dialog opens, where you can define different widgets. These widgets are:<br/> +<ul> +<li><label>Line edit</label> an edit field which allows to enter simple text (or restrict to numbers for numeric attributes). +<li><label>Classification</label> Displays a combo box with the values used for classification, if you have chosen <label>unique value</label> as legend type in the symbology tab of the properties dialog. +<li><label>Range</label> Allows to set numeric values from a specific range. The edit widget can be either a slider or a spin box. +<li><label>Unique value</label> The user can select one of the values already used in the attribute table. If <label>editable</label> is activated, a line edit is shown with auto completion support, but additional values are possible, otherwise a combo box is used. +<li><label>File name</label> Simplifies the selection by adding a file chooser dialog. +<li><label>Value map</label> a combo box with predefined items. The value is stored in the attribute, the description is shown in the combo box. You can define values manually or load them from a layer or a csv file. +<li><label>Enumeration</label> Opens a combo box with values that can be used within the columns type. This is currently only supported by the Postgres provider. +<li><label>Immutable</label> The immutable attribute column is read-only. The user is not able to modify the content. +<li><label>Hidden</label> A hidden attribute column is invisible to the user. +<li><label>Checkbox</label> A check box is shown. The value representing the state of the check box in the attribute has to be entered. +<li><label>Text edit</label> A text edit field is shown, that allows entering multiline text. +</ul> + +<a name="general"> +<h4>General</h4> +</a> +The General tab allows you to change the display name, set scale dependent rendering options, create a spatial index of the vector file (only for OGR supported formats and PostGIS) and view or change the projection of the specific vector layer.<p> +You can also set filter expressions using the <label>Query Builder</label>. + +<h5>Subset</h5> +The <label>Query Builder</label> button allows you to limit the features of a layer to a subset matching an expression. + +<a name="metadata"> +<h4>Metadata</h4> +</a> +The <label>Metadata</label> tab contains information about the layer, including specifics about the type and location, number of features, feature type, and the editing capabilities. The Layer Spatial Reference System section, providing projection information, is displayed on this tab. This is a quick way to get information about the layer. + +<a name="actions"> +<h4>Actions</h4> +</a> +QGIS provides the ability to perform an action based on the attributes of a feature. This can be used to perform any number of actions, for example, running a program with arguments built from the attributes of a feature or passing parameters to a web reporting tool. <br/> +Actions are useful when you frequently want to run an external application or view a web page based on one or more values in your vector layer.<p> + +The new implementation of actions uses the QGIS expression engine to do evaluations. Each expression is evaluated and replaced by its result at runtime.<p> +An expression must be enclosed between <code>[%</code> and <code>%]</code> - the GUI has some buttons which do that for you automatically. +The <label>Insert expression...</label> button launches the <label>Expression builder</label> which allows to write an expression easily, the <label>Insert field</label> button inserts into the action a placeholder like <code>[% "fieldname" %]</code> where fieldname is the name of the field selected in the field dropdown list.<p> + +See the User Guide for further information. + +<h5>Using Actions</h5> +Actions can be invoked from the <label>Identify Results</label> dialog or using the <label>Run feature action</label> tool on the toolbar.<p> + +Each action adds a little set of custom expressions to the default set available in the <label>Expression builder</label>.<br/> +While running actions from the <label>Identify Results</label> dialog the custom expression <code>$currfield</code> will be replaced with the value of the selected field in the dialog, using the <label>Run feature action</label> tool the following custom expressions are available (instead of $currfield): +<ul> +<li><code>$clickx</code> returns the x coordinate of the click position on the canvas</li> +<li><code>$clicky</code> returns the y coordinate of the click position on the canvas</li> +<li><code>$layerid</code> returns the ID of the selected layer in the legend</li> +</ul> + +Note: the <label>Run feature action</label> tool executes the actions on all the matching features, where as <label>Identify Results</label> allows you to select which specific feature to run action on.<p> + + +<h5>Action Examples</h5> +You can add some example actions by clicking on the <label>Add default actions</label> button. + + +<a name="diagram"> +<h4>Diagram Overlay</h4> +</a> +The Diagram tab allows you to add a graphic overlay to a vector layer. To activate this feature, open the <label>Plugin Manager</label> and select the <label>Diagram Overlay</label> plugin. After this, there is a new tab in the vector <label>Layer Properties</label> dialog where the settings for diagrams may be entered.<p> +The current implementation of diagrams provides support for pie- and bar charts and for linear scaling +of the diagram size according to a classification attribute. + + <h3>Vlastnosti vektorovej vrstvy</h3> +Toto dialógové okno vám umožňuje nastaviť vlastnosti vektrovej vrstvy. Je tu päť záložiek: +<ol> +<li><a href="#symbology">Symbolika</a></li> +<li><a href="#general">Všobecné</a></li> +<li><a href="#metadata">Meta údaje</a></li> +<li><a href="#labels">Popisy</a></li> +<li><a href="#actions">Akcie</a></li> +</ol> +<a name="symbology"> +<h4>Symbolika</h4> +</a> + +<a name="general"> +<h4>Všeobecné</h4> +</a> + +<a name="metadata"> +<h4>Meta údaje</h4> +</a> +<a name="labels"> +<h4>Popisy</h4> +</a> +<a name="actions"> +<h4>Akcie</h4> +</a> + + + + + <h3>Create a New SpatiaLite Layer</h3> +You can use this dialog to create a new SpatiaLite database and/or an empty SpatiaLite layer for editing. See below for an explanation of the dialog inputs. +<h4>Database</h4> +Choose the database from the drop-down list. This list is created from your saved SpatiaLite connections. If you don't have a saved connection or want to create a new database, click on the button (<label>...</label>) to the right of the drop-down. +<h4>Layer name</h4> +Enter a name for the layer you want to create. The name should be one word. You can use underscores in the name if you like. +<h4>Geometry column</h4> +Enter a name for the geometry column or accept the default. +<h4>Type</h4> +Choose the type of layer you want to create. +<h4>EPSG SRID</h4> +Enter the EPSG number for the spatial reference id (SRID). By default the SRID for WGS 84 is filled in for you. Click on <label>Find SRID</label> button to change the coordinate reference system of the layer if needed. The SRID must exist within the spatial_ref_sys in your SpatiaLite database. You can search for the SRID using partial matches on both name and SRID. +<h4>Create an auto-incrementing Primary Key</h4> +Clicking this check box will add a primary key to the new layer. This key field will be auto-incrementing, meaning you don't have to enter a value for it when adding features to the attribute table of the layer. +<h4>New attribute</h4> +Add the desired attributes by clicking on the <label>Add to attributes list</label> button after you have specified a name and type for the attribute. Only real, integer, and string attributes are supported.<br/> +Width and precision are irrelevant in a SpatiaLite database so you do not have to specify these. +<h4>Attributes list</h4> +In this section you can see the list of attributes. To delete one of them, click on it and choose <label>Remove selected attribute</label> button. + +<p> +Click on <label>OK</label> to create the layer and close the dialog. Clicking <label>Apply</label> also creates the layer, but keeps the dialog open, thereby allowing you to create more similar layers. <label>Cancel</label> will close the layer without further changes. + + + + + <h3>Attribute table</h3> +The attribute table displays features of a selected layer. Each row in the table represents one map feature with its attributes shown in several columns. The features in the table can be searched, selected, moved or even edited. By default the attribute table is a separate window. If you opened it and cannot see it anymore, it is most likely hidden under the main QGIS window. You can make it also a docked window, by checking <label>Open attribute table in a dock window</label> in <label>Settings > Options > General</label>.<p> + +The number of table features is printed on its header.<p> +<p> +<a href="#Selecting">Selecting</a><br/> +<a href="#Sorting">Sorting</a><br/> +<a href="#Searching">Searching</a><br/> +<a href="#Field">Field Calculator</a><br/> + +<a name="Selecting"> +<h4>Selecting</h4> +</a> +Rows can be selected by clicking on the row number on the left side of the row. Selecting a row doesn't change the current cursor position. Multiple rows can be marked by holding the <label>Ctrl</label> key.<br> +A continuous selection can be made by holding the <label>Shift</label> key and clicking on several row headers on the left side of the rows. All rows between the current cursor position and the clicked row are selected. + +<a name="Sorting"> +<h4>Sorting</h4> +</a> +Each column can be sorted by clicking on its column header. A small arrow indicates the sort order (downward pointing means descending values from the top row down, upward pointing means ascending values from the top row down).<br> +Use <label>Move selected to top</label> button to sort selected rows and display them in first table rows. To show selected records only, use the check box <label>Show selected records only</label>. + +<a name="Searching"> +<h4>Searching</h4> +</a> +For a simple search by attributes on only one column the <label>Look for</label> field can be used. Select the field (column) from which the search should be performed from the drop down menu and hit the <label>Search</label> button.<br> +For more complex searches use the <label>Advanced search</label>. This button opens the Query Builder and allows you to select table features matching a SQL-like WHERE clause. + +<a name="Field"> +<h4>Field Calculator</h4> +</a> +The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br> +The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br> +You have to bring the vector layer in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog. + + + <h3>Tabuľka atribútov</h3> + + + + + <h3>Delimited Text File Layer</h3> +Loads and displays delimited text files +<p> +<a href="#re">Overview</a><br/> +<a href="#creating">Creating a delimited text layer</a><br/> +<a href="#csv">How the delimiter, quote, and escape characters work</a><br /> +<a href="#regexp">How regular expression delimiters work</a><br /> +<a href="#wkt">How WKT text is interpreted</a><br /> +<a href="#attributes">Attributes in delimited text files</a><br /> +<a href="#example">Example of a text file with X,Y point coordinates</a><br/> +<a href="#wkt_example">Example of a text file with WKT geometries</a><br/> +<a href="#python">Using delimited text layers in Python</a><br/> +</p> + +<h4><a name="re">Overview</a></h4> +<p>A &quot;delimited text file&quot; contains data in which each record starts on a new line, and +is split into fields by a delimiter such as a comma. +This type of file is commonly exported from spreadsheets (for example CSV files) or databases. +Typically the first line of a delimited text file contains the names of the fields. +</p> +<p> +Delimited text files can be loaded into QGIS as a layer. +The records can be displayed spatially either as a point +defined by X and Y coordinates, or using a Well Known Text (WKT) definition of a geometry which may +describe points, lines, and polygons of arbitrary complexity. The file can also be loaded as an attribute +only table, which can then be joined to other tables in QGIS. +</p> +<p> +In addition to the geometry definition the file can contain text, integer, and real number fields. QGIS +will choose the type of field based on its contents. +</p> +<h4><a name="creating">Creating a delimited text layer</a></h4> +<p>Creating a delimited text layer involves choosing the data file, defining the format (how each record is to +be split into fields), and defining the geometry is represented. +This is managed with the delimited text dialog as detailed below. +The dialog box displays a sample from the beginning of the file which shows how the format +options have been applied. +</p> +<h5>Choosing the data file</h5> +<p>Use the &quot;Browse...&quot; button to select the data file. Once the file is selected the +layer name will automatically be populated based on the file name. The layer name is used to represent +the data in the QGIS legend. +</p> +<p> +By default files are assumed to be encoded as UTF-8. However other file +encodings can be selected. For example &quot;System&quot; uses the default encoding for the operating system. +It is safer to use an explicit coding if the QGIS project needs to be portable. +</p> +<h5>Specifying the file format</h5> +<p>The file format can be one of +<ul> + <li>CSV file format. This is a format commonly used by spreadsheets, in which fields are delimited + by a comma character, and quoted using a &quot;(quote) character. Within quoted fields, a quote + mark is entered as &quot;&quot;.</li> + <li>Selected delimiters. Each record is split into fields using one or more delimiter character. + Quote characters are used for fields which may contain delimiters. Escape characters may be used + to treat the following character as a normal character (ie to include delimiter, quote, and + new line characters in text fields). The use of delimiter, quote, and escape characters is detailed <a href="#csv">below</a>. + <li>Regular expression. Each line is split into fields using a &quot;regular expression&quot; delimiter. + The use of regular expressions is details <a href="#regexp">below</a>. +</ul> +<h5>Record and field options</h5> +<p>The following options affect the selection of records and fields from the data file</p> +<ul> + <li>Number of header lines to discard: used to ignore header lines at the beginning of the text file</li> + <li>First record has fields names: if selected then the first record in the file (after the discarded lines) is interpreted as names of fields, rather than as a data record.</li> + <li>Trim fields: if selected then leading and trailing whitespace characters will be removed from each field (except quoted fields). </li> + <li>Discard empty fields: if selected then empty fields (after trimming) will be discard. This + affects the alignment of data into fields and is equivalent to treating consecutive delimiters as a + single delimiter. Quoted fields are never discarded.</li> + <li>Decimal separator is comma: if selected then commas instead of points are used as the decimal separator in real numbers. For + example <tt>-51,354</tt> is equivalent to -51.354. + </li> +</ul> +<h5>Geometry definition</h5> +<p>The geometry is can be define as one of</p> +<ul> + <li>Point coordinates: each feature is represented as a point defined by X and Y coordinates.</li> + <li>Well known text (WKT) geometry: each feature is represented as a well known text string, for example + <tt>POINT(1.525622 51.20836)</tt>. See details of the <a href="#wkt">well known text</a> format. + <li>No geometry (attribute only table): records will not be displayed on the map, but can be viewed + in the attribute table and joined to other layers in QGIS</li> +</ul> +<p>For point coordinates the following options apply:</p> +<ul> + <li>X field: specifies the field containing the X coordinate</li> + <li>Y field: specifies the field containing the Y coordinate</li> + <li>DMS angles: if selected coordinates are represented as degrees/minutes/seconds + or degrees/minutes. QGIS is quite permissive in its interpretation of degrees/minutes/seconds. + A valid DMS coordinate will contain three numeric fields with an optional hemisphere prefix or suffix + (N, E, or + are positive, S, W, or - are negative). Additional non numeric characters are + generally discarded. For example <tt>N41d54'01.54&quot;</tt> is a valid coordinate. + </li> +</ul> +<p>For well known text geometry the following options apply:</p> +<ul> + <li>Geometry field: the field containing the well known text definition.</li> + <li>Geometry type: one of &quot;Detect&quot; (detect), &quot;Point&quot;, &quot;Line&quot;, or &quot;Polygon&quot;. + QGIS layers can only display one type of geometry feature (point, line, or polygon). This option selects + which geometry type is displayed in text files containing multiple geometry types. Records containing + other geometry types are discarded. + If &quot;Detect&quot; is selected then the type of the first geometry in the file will be used. + &quot;Point&quot; includes POINT and MULTIPOINT WKT types, &quot;Line&quot; includes LINESTRING and + MULTLINESTRING WKT types, and &quot;Polygon&quot; includes POLYGON and MULTIPOLYGON WKT types. +</ul> +<h5>Layer settings</h5> +<p>Layer settings control the way the layer is managed in QGIS. The options available are:</p> +<ul> +<li>Use spatial index. Create a spatial index to improve the performance of displaying and selecting spatial objects. +This option may be useful for files larger than a few megabytes in size.</li> +<li>Use subset index. Create an index if a subset of records is being used (either by explicitly setting a subset string +from the layer properties dialog, or an implicit subset of features for which the geometry is valid in files +for which all not geometries are valid). The index will only be created when a subset is defined.</li> +<li>Watch file. If this options is selected QGIS will watch the file for changes by other applications, and +reload the file when it is changed. The map will not be updated until refreshed by the user, but indexes and +extents will be reloaded. This option should be selected if indexes are used and it is likely that another +application will change the file. </li> +</ul> + +<h4><a name="csv">How the delimiter, quote, and escape characters work</a></h4> +<p>Records are split into fields using three character sets: +delimiter characters, quote characters, and escape characters. +Other characters in the record are considered as data, split into +fields by delimiter characters. +Quote characters occur in pairs and cause the text between them to be treated as a data. Escape characters cause the character following them to be treated as data. +</p> +<p> +Quote and escape characters cannot be the same as delimiter characters - they +will be ignored if they are. Escape characters can be the same as quote characters, but behave differently +if they are.</p> +<p>The delimiter characters are used to mark the end of each field. If more than one delimiter character +is defined then any one of the characters can mark the end of a field. The quote and escape characters +can override the delimiter character, so that it is treated as a normal data character.</p> +<p>Quote characters may be used to mark the beginning and end of quoted fields. Quoted fields can +contain delimiters and may span multiple lines in the text file. If a field is quoted then it must +start and end with the same quote character. Quote characters cannot occur within a field unless they +are escaped.</p> +<p>Escape characters which are not quote characters force the following character to be treated as data. +(that is, to stop it being treated as a new line, delimiter, or quote character). +</p> +<p>Escape characters that are also quote characters have much more limited effect. They only apply within quotes and only escape themselves. For example, if +<tt>'</tt> is a quote and escape character, then the string +<tt>'Smith''s&nbsp;Creek'</tt> will represent the value Smith's&nbsp;Creek. +</p> + + +<h4><a name="regexp">How regular expression delimiters work</a></h4> +<p>Regular expressions are mini-language used to represent character patterns. There are many variations +of regular expression syntax - QGIS uses the syntax provided by the <a href="http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qregexp.html">QRegExp</a> class of the <a href="http://qt.digia.com">Qt</a> framework.</p> +<p>In a regular expression delimited file each line is treated as a record. Each match of the regular expression in the line is treated as the end of a field. +If the regular expression contains capture groups (eg <tt>(cat|dog)</tt>) + then these are extracted as fields. + If this is not desired then use non-capturing groups (eg <tt>(?:cat|dog)</tt>). +</p> +<p>The regular expression is treated differently if it is anchored to the start of the line (that is, the pattern starts with <tt>^</tt>). +In this case the regular expression is matched against each line. If the line does not match it is discarded +as an invalid record. Each capture group in the expression is treated as a field. The regular expression +is invalid if it does not have capture groups. As an example this can be used as a (somewhat +unintuitive) means of loading data with fixed width fields. For example the +expression +<pre> +^(.{5})(.{10})(.{20})(.{20}) +</pre> +<p>will extract four fields of widths 5, 10, 20, and 20 characters from each line. +Lines less than 55 characters long will be discarded. +</p> + + +<h4><a name="wkt">How WKT text is interpreted</a></h4> +<p> +The delimited text layer recognizes the following +<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Well-known_text">well known text</a> types - +<tt>POINT</tt>, <tt>MULTIPOINT</tt>, <tt>LINESTRING</tt>, <tt>MULTILINESTRING</tt>, <tt>POLYGON</tt>, and <tt>MULTIPOLYGON</tt>. +It will accept geometries with +a Z coordinate (eg <tt>POINT&nbsp;Z</tt>), a measure (<tt>POINT&nbsp;M</tt>), or both (<tt>POINT&nbsp;ZM</tt>). +</p> +<p> +It can also handle the PostGIS EWKT variation, in which the geometry is preceded by an spatial reference +system id (eg <tt>SRID=4326;POINT(175.3&nbsp;41.2)</tt>), and a variant used by Informix in which the WKT is +preceded by an integer spatial reference id (eg <tt>1 POINT(175.3&nbsp;41.2)</tt>). +In both cases the SRID is ignored. +</p> + + + +<h4><a name="attributes">Attributes in delimited text files</a></h4> +<p>Each record in the delimited text file is split into fields representing +attributes of the record. Usually the attribute names are taken from the first +data record in the file. However if this does not contain attribute names, then they will be named <tt>field_1</tt>, <tt>field_2</tt>, and so on. +Also if records have more fields than are defined in the header record then these +will be named <tt>field_#</tt>, where # is the field number (note that empty fields at the end of a record are ignored). +QGIS may override +the names in the text file if they are numbers, or have names like <tt>field_#</tt>, +or are duplicated. +</p> +<p> +In addition to the attributes explicitly in the data file QGIS assigns a unique +feature id to each record which is the line number in the source file on which +the record starts. +</p> +<p> +Each attribute also has a data type, one of string (text), integer, or real number. +The data type is inferred from the content of the fields - if every non blank value +is a valid integer then the type is integer, otherwise if it is a valid real +number then the type is real, otherwise the type is string. Note that this is +based on the content of the fields - quoting fields does not change the way they +are interpreted. +</p> + + +<h4><a name="example">Example of a text file with X,Y point coordinates</a></h4> +<pre> +X;Y;ELEV +-300120;7689960;13 +-654360;7562040;52 +1640;7512840;3 +</pre> +<p>This file:</p> +<ul> +<li> Uses <b>;</b> as delimiter. Any character can be used to delimit the fields.</li> +<li>The first row is the header row. It contains the field names X, Y and ELEV.</li> +<li>The x coordinates are contained in the X field.</li> +<li>The y coordinates are contained in the Y field.</li> +</ul> +<h4><a name="wkt_example">Example of a text file with WKT geometries</a></h4> +<pre> +id|wkt +1|POINT(172.0702250 -43.6031036) +2|POINT(172.0702250 -43.6031036) +3|POINT(172.1543206 -43.5731302) +4|POINT(171.9282585 -43.5493308) +5|POINT(171.8827359 -43.5875983) +</pre> +<p>This file:</p> +<ul> + <li>Has two fields defined in the header row: id and wkt. + <li>Uses <b>|</b> as a delimiter.</li> + <li>Specifies each point using the WKT notation +</ul> + +<h4><a name="python">Using delimited text layers in Python</a></h4> +<p>Delimited text data sources can be creating from Python in a similar way to other vector layers. +The pattern is: +</p> +<pre> +from PyQt4.QtCore import QUrl, QString +from qgis.core import QgsVectorLayer, QgsMapLayerRegistry + +# Define the data source +filename="test.csv" +uri=QUrl.fromLocalFile(filename) +uri.addQueryItem("type","csv") +uri.addQueryItem("delimiter","|") +uri.addQueryItem("wktField","wkt") +# ... other delimited text parameters +layer=QgsVectorLayer(QString(uri.toEncoded()),"Test CSV layer","delimitedtext") +# Add the layer to the map +if layer.isValid(): + QgsMapLayerRegistry.instance().addMapLayer( layer ) +</pre> +<p>This could be used to load the second example file above.</p> +<p>The configuration of the delimited text layer is defined by adding query items to the uri. +The following options can be added +</p> +<ul> + <li><tt>encoding=..</tt> defines the file encoding. The default is &quot;UTF-8&quot;</li> + <li><tt>type=(csv|regexp|whitespace)</tt> defines the delimiter type. Valid values are csv, + regexp, and whitespace (which is just a special case of regexp). The default is csv.</li> + <li><tt>delimiter=...</tt> defines the delimiters that will be used for csv formatted files, + or the regular expression for regexp formatted files. The default is , for CSV files. There is + no default for regexp files.</li> + <li><tt>quote=..</tt> (for csv files) defines the characters used to quote fields. The default is &quot;</li> + <li><tt>escape=..</tt> (for csv files) defines the characters used to escape the special meaning of the next character. The default is &quot;</li> + <li><tt>skipLines=#</tt> defines the number of lines to discard from the beginning of the file. The default is 0.</li> + <li><tt>useHeader=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether the first data record contains the names of the data fields. The default is yes.</li> + <li><tt>trimFields=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether leading and trailing whitespace is to be removed from unquoted fields. The default is no.</li> + <li><tt>maxFields=#</tt> defines the maximum number of fields that will be loaded from the file. + Additional fields in each record will be discarded. The default is 0 - include all fields. + (This option is not available from the delimited text layer dialog box).</li> + <li><tt>skipEmptyFields=(yes|no)</tt> defines whether empty unquoted fields will be discarded (applied after trimFields). The default is no.</li> + <li><tt>decimalPoint=.</tt> specifies an alternative character that may be used as a decimal point in numeric fields. The default is a point (full stop) character.</li> + <li><tt>wktField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field containing a well known text geometry definition</li> + <li><tt>xField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field the X coordinate (only applies if wktField is not defined)</li> + <li><tt>yField=fieldname</tt> specifies the name or number (starting at 1) of the field the Y coordinate (only applies if wktField is not defined)</li> + <li><tt>geomType=(auto|point|line|polygon|none)</tt> specifies type of geometry for wkt fields, or none to load the file as an attribute-only table. The default is auto.</li> + <li><tt>subset=expression</tt> specifies an expression used to identify a subset of the records that will be + used.</li> + <li><tt>crs=...</tt> specifies the coordinate system to use for the vector layer, in a format accepted by QgsCoordinateReferenceSystem.createFromString (for example &quot;EPSG:4167&quot;). If this is not + specified then a dialog box may request this information from the user + when the layer is loaded (depending on QGIS CRS settings).</li> + <li><tt>subsetIndex=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should build an index to define subset during the initial file scan. The index will apply both for explicitly defined subsets, and for the implicit subset of features for which the geometry definition is valid. By default the subset index is built if it is applicable.</li> + <li><tt>spatialIndex=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should build a spatial index during the initial file scan. By default the spatial index is not built. </li> + <li><tt>watchFile=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether the provider should use a file system watcher to monitor for changes to the file.</li> + <li><tt>quiet=(yes|no)</tt> specifies whether errors encountered loading the layer are presented in a dialog box (they will be written to the QGIS log in any case). The default is no. This option is not available from the GUI</li> +</ul> + + + + <h3>Modul na prácu s vrstvou z oddeleného textu</h3> +<i>Tento súbor pomocníka nie je preložený do vášho jazyka. Pokiaľ aby ste radi pomohli s jeho vytvorením, kontaktujte vývojársky tím QGIS.</i><hr> +Loads and displays delimited text files containing x,y coordinates. +<p> +<p> +<a href="#re">Requirements</a><br/> +<a href="#example">Example of a valid text file</a><br/> +<a href="#notes">Notes</a><br/> + +<a name="re"> +<h4>Requirements</h4> +</a> +To view a delimited text file as layer, the text file must contain: +<ol> +<li>A delimited header row of field names. This must be the first line in the text file.</li> +<li>The header row must contain an X and Y field. These fields can have any name.</li> +<li>The <B>x</B> and <B>y</B> coordinates must be specified as a number. The coordinate system is not important.</li> +</ol> +<a name="example"> +<h4>Example of a valid text file</h4> +</a> +X;Y;ELEV<br/> +-300120;7689960;13<br/> +-654360;7562040;52<br/> +1640;7512840;3<br/> +[...]<br/> +<a name="notes"> +<h4>Notes</h4> +</a> +<ol> +<li>The example text file uses <b>;</b> as delimiter. Any character can be used to delimit the fields.</li> +<li>The first row is the header row. It contains the fields X, Y and ELEV.</li> +<li>No quotes (") are used to delimit text fields.</li> +<li>The x coordinates are contained in the X field.</li> +<li>The y coordinates are contained in the Y field.</li> +</ol> + + + + <h3>Attribute table</h3> +The attribute table displays features of a selected layer. Each row in the table represents one map feature with its attributes shown in several columns. The features in the table can be searched, selected, moved or even edited. By default the attribute table is a separate window. If you opened it and cannot see it anymore, it is most likely hidden under the main QGIS window. You can make it also a docked window, by checking <label>Open attribute table in a dock window</label> in <label>Settings > Options > General</label>.<p> + +The number of total number of layer features, filtered features and selected features is printed on the window header.<p> +<p> +<a href="#Selecting">Selecting</a><br/> +<a href="#Sorting">Sorting</a><br/> +<a href="#Filtering">Filtering</a><br/> +<a href="#Editing">Editing</a><br/> +<a href="#FieldCalc">Field Calculator</a><br/> + +<a name="Selecting"> +<h4>Selecting</h4> +</a> +Rows can be selected by clicking on the row number on the left side of the row. Subsequent rows can be selected by holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse to the other end of the selection. Multiple non-subsequent rows can be selected by holding the <label>Ctrl</label> key.<br> +A continuous selection can be made by holding the <label>Shift</label> key and clicking on several row headers on the left side of the rows. All rows between the current cursor position and the clicked row are selected. + +<a name="Sorting"> +<h4>Sorting</h4> +</a> +Each column can be sorted by clicking on its column header. A small arrow indicates the sort order (downward pointing means descending values from the top row down, upward pointing means ascending values from the top row down).<br> +Activate the <label>Selected on top</label> button to show the selected rows always on top, regardless of the current sort column. + +<a name="Filtering"> +<h4>Filtering</h4> +</a> +To only navigate through parts of your data, you can use the filter button on the bottom left. The following options are available. +<h5>Show All Features</h5> +Shows all features of the layer. +<h5>Show Selected Features</h5> +Shows all features which are currently selected. +<h5>Show Features Visible on Map</h5> +Shows all features which are currently visible on the map canvas, taking the currently visible extent and scale based visibility into account. +<h5>Show Edited and New Features</h5> +Shows only edited and new features. In this mode, features with uncommitted changes are shown and this is therefore a good filter to review changes, before committing them. Please note, that deleted features are not shown in this mode. +<h5>Column Filter</h5> +A simple filter, which lets you filter by an attribute. If the attribute contains text, it looks for sub-strings also. Searching for <b>man</b> will therefore also show records containing <b>woman</b>. After changing the filter text, press <label>Enter</label> or click on <label>Apply</label>. You can also toggle the check-box <label>Case sensitive</label>, so your filter will also match <b>Night</b> when your search text is <b>night</b>. +<h5>Advanced Filter</h5> +For more complex searches, this mode offers a powerful expression builder, which is similar to a SQL WHERE clause. Please refer to the built-in help of the expression builder for details on the syntax. + +<a name="Editing"> +<h4>Editing</h4> +</a> +To edit values, you first have to switch the layer to editing mode. To switch to editing mode click on the <label>Toggle editing mode</label> (pencil) button or press <label>Ctrl + E</label>. Afterwards double-click on the value you want to edit or place the cursor on it and use the <label>Space</label>-Key. You can customize the widgets used for field editing in <label>Vector Layer Properties > Fields</label> + +<a name="FieldCalc"> +<h4>Field Calculator</h4> +</a> +The <label>Field Calculator</label> button in the attribute table allows to perform calculations on basis of existing attribute values or defined functions, e.g. to calculate length or area of geometry features.<br> +The results can be written to a new attribute column or it can be used to update values in an already existing column.<br> +The vector layer needs to be in editing mode, before you can click on the <label>Field calculator</label> icon to open the dialog. + + <h3>Tabuľka atribútov</h3> + + + + + <h3>Create a new WMS connection</h3> +WMS layers can be added quite simply, as long as you know the URL to access the WMS server, you have a serviceable connection to that server, and the server understands HTTP as the data transport mechanism.<p> +QGIS currently can act as a WMS client that understands WMS 1.1, 1.1.1 and 1.3 servers. +<p> +<a href="#serv">Servers</a><br/> +<a href="#load">Loading WMS Layers</a><br/> +<a href="#lay">Layer Order</a><br/> +<a href="#search">Server Search</a><br/> + +<a name="serv"> +<h4>Servers</h4> +</a> +To define a new WMS server in the <label>Server Connections</label> section, select <label>New</label>. Then enter the parameters to connect to your desired WMS server.<p> +You can add some servers to play with by clicking the <label>Add default servers</label> button. This will add at least three WMS servers for you to use.<p> +Once the new WMS Server connection has been created, it will be preserved for future QGIS sessions. + +<a name="load"> +<h5>Loading WMS Layers</h5> +</a> +Select the <label>Connect</label> button to retrieve the capabilities of the selected server. This includes the Image encoding, Layers, Layer Styles and Projections.<br/> +While downloading data from the WMS server, the download progress is visualized in the left bottom of the WMS Plugin dialog.<p> +The <label>Image encoding</label> section now lists the formats that are supported by both the client and server.<br/> +Choose one depending on your image accuracy requirements.<p> +You can select several layers at once, they will be combined at the WMS Server and transmitted to QGIS in one go.<p> +Each WMS Layer can be presented in multiple CRSs, depending on the capability of the WMS server. To choose a CRS, select <label>Change...</label> + +<a name="lay"> +<h4>Layer Order</h4> +</a> +On this tab you can change the order of loaded WMS layers. + +<a name="search"> +<h4>Server Search</h4> +</a> +On this tab you can search for WMS servers. It is possible to enter a search-string in the text field an hit the <label>Search</label> button.<p> +To visualize the results, select an table entry, press the <label>Add selected row to WMS list</label> button and change back to the <label>Servers</label> tab.<p> +You only need to request the list of layers by clicking the <label>Connect</label> button. + + <h3>Vytvorenie nového spojenia WMS</h3> + + + + + <h3>Database connection</h3> + + + + + + <h3>Add SQL Anywhere Tables</h3> +This dialog allows you to add SQL Anywhere layers (tables with a geometry column) to the QGIS map canvas. +<p> +<a href="#connect">Connections</a><br/> +<a href="#add">Adding Layers</a><br/> +<a href="#filter">Filtering a Layer</a><br/> +<a href="#search">Search options</a><br/> + +<a href="#connect"> +<h4>Connections</h4> +</a> +<ul> +<li>Choose the connection to use from the drop-down box and click <label>Connect</label>. +<li>If there are no connections, use the <label>New</label> button to create a connection. +<li>To modify or delete the selected connection, click the <label>Edit</label> or <label>Delete</label> buttons, respectively. +</ul> +<a name="add"> +<h4>Adding Layers</h4> +</a> +To add a layer: +<ol> +<li>Choose the desired connection from the drop-down box. +<li>Click <label>Connect</label>, which will populate the list of layers from the database. Options that affect how this list is populated are described in the help for the new connection dialogue box. + +<li>Find the layer you want to add in the list and click on it to select it. +<li>You can select additional layers by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking. +<li>Click <label>Add</label> to add the layer(s) to the map. +</ol> +<a name="filter"> +<h4>Filtering a Layer</h4> +</a> +To filter a layer before adding it to the map, either double click on its name or select it and click the <label>Build query</label> button. This will open the Query Builder, allowing you to build up a SQL statement to use in filtering the records. + +<a name="search"> +<h4>Search options</h4> +</a> +Ticking <label>Search options</label> enables additional options for searching in different column types and using 2 search modes: <label>Wildcard</label> or <label>RegExp</label>. + + + + + + <h3>Add SpatiaLite Tables</h3> +To define a new connection, click on <label>New</label> button and use the file browser to point to your SpatiaLite database, which is a file with a <i>.sqlite</i> extension.<p> +The connections you define will be remembered for further use and available to choose from the drop down menu. + + + + + + <h3>Spatial Bookmarks</h3> +Spatial Bookmarks allow you to "bookmark" a geographic location and return to it later. +<p> +<a href="#creating">Creating a Bookmark</a><br/> +<a href="#working">Working with Bookmarks</a><br/> +<a href="#zooming">Zooming to a Bookmark</a><br/> +<a href="#deleting">Deleting a Bookmark</a><br/> +<a href="#updating">Updating a Bookmark</a><br/> + +<a name="creating"> +<h4>Creating a Bookmark</h4> +</a> +To create a bookmark: +<ol> +<li>Zoom or pan to the area of interest. +<li>Click on the <label>New bookmark</label> or type Ctrl-B. +<li>Enter a descriptive name for the bookmark (up to 255 characters). +<li>Click <label>OK</label> to add the bookmark or <label>Cancel</label> to exit without adding the bookmark. +</ol> +Note that you can have multiple bookmarks with the same name. +<a name="working"> +<h4>Working with Bookmarks</h4> +</a> +To use or manage bookmarks, click on the <label>Show bookmarks</label> button or choose <label>Show Bookmarks</label> from the <label>View</label> menu. The bookmarks dialog allows you to zoom to or delete a bookmark. You can not edit the bookmark name or coordinates. +<a name="zooming"> +<h5>Zooming to a Bookmark</h5> +</a> +From the Geo spatial Bookmarks dialog, select the desired bookmark by clicking on it, then click the <label>Zoom to</label> button. +<p> +You can also zoom to a bookmark by double-clicking on it. +<a name="deleting"> +<h5>Deleting a Bookmark</h5> +</a> +To delete a bookmark from the Bookmarks dialog, click on it then click the <label>Delete</label> button. Confirm your choice by clicking <label>OK</label> or cancel the delete by clicking <label>Cancel</label>. +<a name="updating"> +<h5>Updating a Bookmark</h5> +</a> +To update the extent of a bookmark, click on it then click the <label>Update</label> button. Confirm your choice by clicking <label>OK</label> or cancel the update by clicking <label>Cancel</label>. + + + <h3>Geopriestorové záložky</h3> +Geopriestorové záložky vám dovolia zaznačiť si pohľad (polohu) určitej lokality (miesta) a vrátiť sa k nej neskôr. +<p> +<a href="#creating">Vytvorenie záložky</a><br/> +<a href="#working">Práca so záložkami</a><br/> +<a href="#zooming">Zmena mapového pohľadu podľa záložky</a><br/> +<a href="#deleting">Vymazanie záložky</a><br/> + +<a name="creating"> +<h4>Vytvorenie záložky</h4> +</a> +Postup na vytvorenie záložky: +<ol> +<li>Nastavte pohľad (približovaním, oddaľovaním posúvaním mapy) tak aby obsahoval záujmovú oblasť. +<li>Kliknite na ikonu <label>Nová záložka</label> alebo použite klávesovú skratku Ctrl-B. +<li>Vložte popisný názov záložky (do 255 znakov). +<li>Kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>OK</label> vytvoríte geopriestorovú záložku; kliknutím na <label>Storno</label> opustíte dialógové okno bez toho aby bola záložka vytvorená. +</ol> +Poznámka: Je možné mať viacero záložiek s tým istým názvom. +<a name="working"> +<h4>Práca so záložkami</h4> +</a> +So záložkami možno narábať kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Ukázať záložky</label> alebo vybratím položky <label>Ukázať záložky</label> z menu <label>Pohľad</label>. Dialógové okno so záložkami vám dovolí zmeniť pohľad podľa záložky alebo vymazať nektorú záložku. Nie je možné upraviť názov záložky, alebo súradnice.. +<a name="zooming"> +<h5>Zmena mapového pohľadu podľa záložky</h5> +</a> +V dialógovom okne Záložky vyberte kliknutím požadovanú záložku a následným kliknutím na tlačidlo <label>Priblížiť sa</label> sa zmeníte mapový pohľad tak, aby zodpovedal danej záložke. +<p> +Zmeniť pohľad možno aj priamo dvojklikom na danú záložku. +<a name="deleting"> +<h5>Vymazanie záložky</h5> +</a> +Na vymazanie záložky zo zoznamu záložiek v kliknite najskôr na záložku ktorú chcete vymazať a následne na tlačidlo <label>Vymazať</label>. Svoje rozhodnutie povrďte kliknutím na <label>OK</label>, prípadne môžete váš zámer zmeniť a kliknutím na <label>Storno</label> zrušiť operáciu vymazania záložky. + + + + + + <h3>Copyright Label Plugin</h3> +Draws a copyright label with information.<br/> +You can add any random text to the map not only a copyright label. +<p> +<a href="#howto">How to</a><br/> +<a href="#text">Text formatting</a><br/> + +<a name="howto"> +<h4>How to</h4> +</a> +<ol> +<li>Make sure the plugin is loaded. +<li>Click on <label>Plugins > Decorations > Copyright Label</label> or use the <label>Copyright Label</label> button from the Toolbar. +<li>Enter the text you want to place on the map. You can use HTML. +<li>Choose the placement of the label from the <label>Placement Bottom Right</label> drop-down box. +<li>Make sure the <label>Enable Copyright Label check box</label> is checked. +<li>Click <label>OK</label>. +</ol> +<a name="text"> +<h4> Text formatting </h4> +</a> +This plugin supports basic HTML markup tags for formatting text. For example: + +<ul> +<li>&lt;B&gt;<b> Bold text </b>&lt;/B&gt; +</li> +<li>&lt;I&gt;<i> Italics </i>&lt;/I&gt; +</li> +<li>&lt;U&gt;<u> Underlined text </u>&lt;/U&gt; +</li> +</ul> + + <h3>Zásuvný modul na označenie autorských práv</h3> +<i>Tento súbor pomocníka nie je preložený do vášho jazyka. Pokiaľ aby ste radi pomohli s jeho vytvorením, kontaktujte vývojársky tím QGIS.</i><hr> +Draws a copyright label with information.<br/> +You can add any random text to the map not only a copyright label. +<p> +<a href="#howto">How to</a><br/> +<a href="#text">Text formatting</a><br/> + +<a name="howto"> +<h4>How to</h4> +</a> +<ol> +<li>Make sure the plugin is loaded. +<li>Click on <label>Plugins > Decorations > Copyright Label</label> or use the <label>Copyright Label</label> button from the Toolbar. +<li>Enter the text you want to place on the map. You can use HTML. +<li>Choose the placement of the label from the <label>Placement Bottom Right</label> drop-down box. +<li>Make sure the <label>Enable Copyright Label checkbox</label> is checked. +<li>Click <label>OK</label>. +</ol> +<a name="text"> +<h4> Text formatting </h4> +</a> +This plugin supports basic HTML markup tags for formatting text. For example: + +<ul> +<li>&lt;B&gt;<b> Bold text </b>&lt;/B&gt; +</li> +<li>&lt;I&gt;<i> Italics </i>&lt;/I&gt; +</li> +<li>&lt;U&gt;<u> Underlined text </u>&lt;/U&gt; +</li> +</ul> + + + + <h3>Field Calculator</h3> +The field calculator allows you to update fields with expressions. + +<h4>Supported Operations</h4> + +<table border=1> +<tr> + <th>Operation</th> + <th>Description</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td> + <tt>column_name</tt><br> + <tt>"column_name"</tt> + </td> + <td>value of field <tt>column_name</tt></td> +</tr> +<tr><td>'<tt>string</tt>'</td><td>literal string value</td></tr> +<tr><td><tt>number</tt></td><td>number</td></tr> +<tr><td>NULL</td><td>null value</td></tr> +<tr><td>exp(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>Euler's number e to the power of <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>ln(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>natural log (i.e. base e) of <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>log10(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>log base 10 of <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>log(<tt>a</tt>,<tt>b</tt>)</td><td>log base <tt>b</tt> of <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>sqrt(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>square root</td></tr> +<tr><td>sin(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>sine of <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>cos(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>cosine of <tt>b</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>tan(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>tangent of <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>asin(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>inverse sine of <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>acos(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>inverse cosine of <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>atan(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>inverse tangent of <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>to int(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>convert string <tt>a</tt> to integer</td></tr> +<tr><td>to real(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>convert string <tt>a</tt> to real</td></tr> +<tr><td>to string(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>convert number <tt>a</tt> to string</td></tr> +<tr><td>lower(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>convert string <tt>a</tt> to lower case</td></tr> +<tr><td>upper(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>convert string <tt>a</tt> to upper case</td></tr> +<tr><td>length(<tt>a</tt>)</td><td>length of string <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>atan2(<tt>y</tt>,<tt>x</tt>)</td><td>inverse tangent of <tt>y</tt>/<tt>x</tt> using the signs of the two arguments to determine the quadrant of the result.</td></tr> +<tr><td>replace(<tt>a</tt>,<tt>replacethis</tt>,<tt>withthat</tt>)</td><td>replace <tt>replacethis</tt> with <tt>withthat</tt> in string <tt>a</tt></td></td> +<tr><td>regexp_replace(<tt>a</tt>,<tt>replacethis</tt>,<tt>withthat</tt>)</td><td>replace the regular expression <tt>replacethis</tt> with <tt>withthat</tt> in string <tt>a</tt></td></td> +<tr><td>substr(<tt>a</tt>,<tt>from</tt>,<tt>len</tt>)</td><td><tt>len</tt> characters of string <tt>a</tt> starting from <tt>from</tt> (first character index is 1)</td></td> +<tr><td><tt>a</tt> || <tt>b</tt></td><td>concatenate strings <tt>a</tt> and <tt>b</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>$rownum</td><td>number current row</td></tr> +<tr><td>$area</td><td>area of polygon</td></tr> +<tr><td>$perimeter</td><td>perimeter of polygon</td></tr> +<tr><td>$length</td><td>area of line</td></tr> +<tr><td>$id</td><td>feature id</td></tr> +<tr><td>$x</td><td>x coordinate of point</td></tr> +<tr><td>$y</td><td>y coordinate of point</td></tr> +<tr><td>xat(<tt>n</tt>)</td><td>x coordinate of <tt>n</tt>th point of a line (indices start at 0; negative values apply to the last index)</td></tr> +<tr><td>yat(<tt>n</tt>)</td><td>y coordinate of <tt>n</tt>th point of a line (indices start at 0; negative values apply to the last index)</td></tr> +<tr><td><tt>a</tt> ^ <tt>b</tt></td><td><tt>a</tt> raised to the power of <tt>b</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td><tt>a</tt> * <tt>b</tt></td><td><tt>a</tt> multiplied by <tt>b</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td><tt>a</tt> / <tt>b</tt></td><td><tt>a</tt> divided by <tt>b</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td><tt>a</tt> + <tt>b</tt></td><td><tt>a</tt> plus <tt>b</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td><tt>a</tt> - <tt>b</tt></td><td><tt>a</tt> minus <tt>b</tt></td></tr> +<tr><td>+<tt>a</tt></td><td>positive sign</td></tr> +<tr><td>-<tt>a</tt></td><td>negative value of <tt>a</tt></td></tr> +</table> + + + + + + <h3>Identify Features</h3> +<p> +The results dialog shows all the features identified within the search tolerance. To see the results details, expand the feature information on the left of each feature. +</p> +<p> +The search radius can be set in the options dialog <label>Settings > Options > Map tools</label>, Identify section, as a percentage of map width. In this section you may also set identify mode to <label>Current layer</label>, <label>Top down, stop at first</label>, <label>Top down</label>. <br> +You may also tick an <label>Open feature form, if a single feature is identified</label> option.<br> +Identifiable layers can be set in the Project Properties dialog <label>Settings > Project Properties > Identifiable layers</label> where all the layers names are listed, their type (vector, raster, etc.) and ability to be identified. +</p> + + <h3>Identifikácia objektov</h3> +<p> +Okno s výsledkami ukazuje všetky tie objekty, ktoré boli identifikované v okruhu danom polomerom vyhľadávania. +Detail výsledku si možno prezrieť rozbalením informácie o objekte kliknutím na znamienko plus <label>+</label> naľavo od každého objektu. +</p> +<p> +Polomer vyhľadávania je možné nastaviť v záložke Mapové nástroje v dialógovom okne Vlastnosti <label>Nastavenia > Vlastnosti</label>. +</p> + + + + + <h3>Scale bar Plugin</h3> +Draws a scale bar on the map. +<p> +You can control the style and placement, as well as the labeling of the bar. +QGIS only supports displaying the scale in the same units as your map frame. So +if the units of your layers are in meters, you can't create a scale bar in +feet. Likewise if you are using decimal degrees, you can't create a scale bar +to display distance in meters.</p> <p> +To add a scale bar: +<ol> +<li>Choose the placement from the <label>Placement</label> drop-down list.</li> +<li>Choose the style from the <label>Scale bar style</label> list.</li> +<li>Select the color for the bar <label>Color of bar</label> or use the default black color.</li> +<li>Set the size of the bar and its label <label>Size of bar</label>. </li> +<li>Make sure the <label>Enable scale bar</label> checkbox is checked.</li> +<li>Optionally choose to automatically snap to a round number when the canvas is resized <label>Automatically snap to round number on resize</label>.</li> +<li>Click <label>OK</label>.</li> +</ol> + + + + + + <h3>New OGR Database Connection Dialog</h3> + + + + + + <h3>Measure Tools</h3> +There are two measure tools: length and area. With them, you can measure both distances and areas on the map canvas. Currently the tools provide results in metric units only. A single right mouse click stops the measuring, while two right mouse clicks starts measuring anew. +<h4>Measuring Lengths</h4> +To measure lengths, select the tool and click along the path you want to measure. The length of each segment is displayed as is the total length for the path. +<h4>Measuring Areas</h4> +To measure areas, select the tool and click to create the area. The total area is dynamically displayed as you click. + + <h3>Nástroje na meranie</h3> +V QGISe existujú dva nástroje na meranie -- jeden slúži na meranie dĺžky, druhý na meranie plošného obsahu. V súčasnosti oba udávajú výsledky iba v metrických jednotkách. Jednoduché kliknutie pravým tlačidlom myši zastaví meranie, dvojklik pravým tlačidlom začne nové meranie. +<h4>Meranie dĺžok</h4> +Vyberte (kliknutím) nástroj na meranie dĺžok a vyklikajte cestu, ktorú chcete zmerať. V okne sa zobrazuje dĺžka každého úseku ako aj celková dĺžka cesty. S nástrojom na meranie možno merať aj vzdialenosti aj plochy priamo na mapovom plátne. +<h4>Meranie plôch</h4> +Vyberte (kliknutím) nástroj na meranie rozlohy a klikaním vytvorte oblasť, ktorej rozlohu si želáte zmerať. Celková rozloha sa zobrazuje priebežne počas vášho klikania. + + + + + <h3>Road graph plugin settings</h3> +<p>Road graph is a C++ plugin for QGIS, that calculates the shortest path between two points on any polyline layer and plots this path over the road network.</p> +<p> +<a href="#creating">Plugin units</a><br/> +<a href="#topologyTolerance">Topology tolerance</a><br/> +<a href="#layerSettings">Transport layer settings</a><br/> +</p> + +<a name="creating"> +<h4>Plugin units</h4> +</a> +<p>You can adjust the units of the calculated distance and time of the path. Select the units in <label>Distance unit</label> and <label>Time unit</label>.</p> + +<a name="topologyTolerance"> +<h4>Topology tolerance</h4> +</a> +<p><label>Topology tolerance</label> - the distance in units of the project. If the distance of two points falls short the topological tolerance, they are considered to be the vertex. A topological tolerance value greater than zero slows down the plugin, but you can use not ideal data sources.</p> + +<h5>Note</h5> +<p>The Road graph plugin considers two roads as linked, if they have a common node. A Node is uniquely identified by it's coordinates. However, in the process of digitizing errors may occur. The errors sometimes occur when the network is transformed from one coordinate reference system to another. This might cause the Road graph plugin to consider connected roads as disconnected. In that case the topological tolerance should be set to a value greater than zero.</p> + +<a name="LayerSettings"> +<h4>Transport layer settings</h4> +</a> +<p><label>Layer</label> - the data layer of roads.</p> +<p><label>Field direction</label> - the value of this field indicates how to interpret the Road graph plugin layers feature. <label>Value for forward direction</label> - the direction of movement corresponds to the order of points in a feature. <label>Value for reverse direction</label> - the direction of movement corresponds to the reverse order of points in the feature. <label>Value for two-way direction</label> - both possible.</p> +<p>Speed field</p> - field containing the recorded speed on the road.</p> + +<h5>Default settings</h5> +<p>If the attribute table of your linear layer does not contain the required fields or fields contain unexpected values, the plugin will use default values. You can set them in the default tab <label>Default settings</label>.</p> + + + + + + <h3> North Arrow Plugin</h3> +Displays a north arrow overlayed onto the map. +<p> +At present there is only one style available. You can adjust the angle of the arrow or let QGIS set the direction automatically. If you choose to let QGIS determine the direction, it makes its best guess as to how the arrow should be oriented. For placement of the arrow you have four options, corresponding to the four corners of the map canvas. + + + + + <h1>Heatmap Plugin Help</h1> +<p>The Heatmap plugin uses Kernel Density Estimation to create a density (heatmap) +raster of an input point vector layer. The density is calculated based on the +number of points in a location, with larger numbers of clustered points resulting +in larger values. Heatmaps allow easy identification of "hotspots" and +clustering of points.</p> + +<h2>Dialog Parameters</h2> + +<h3>Input point layer</h3> +<p>The input is always a vector layer of point type. All the point vector layers that are currently loaded in the canvas are shown in the drop-down list. Click the dropdown button and select the desired layer.</p> + +<h3>Output raster</h3> +<p>The output raster location and filename can be set by clicking the <label>...</label> button next to the output raster textbox.<br/> +<b>Note:</b> The file format is automatically added depending upon the output format selected, if not explicitly given.</p> + +<h3>Output format</h3> +<p>All the file creation supporting GDAL formats are available in the drop down list. Click and select the required output format for your file.<br/> +<b>Note:</b> GeoTiff and ERDAS Imagine .img formats are recommended. Some formats make the application crash. Kindly stick to the recommended formats until the crash issue is resolved or use other formats if you know GDAL supports it completely.</p> + +<h3>Radius (bandwidth)</h3> +<p>Used to specify the heatmap search radius (or kernel bandwidth) in meters or map units. The radius specifies the distance around a point at which the influence + of the point will be felt. Larger values result in greater smoothing, but smaller values may show finer details and variation in point density.</p> + +<h3>Advanced Options</h3> + +<h4>Rows and Columns</h4> +<p>Used to change the dimensions of the output raster file. These values are also linked to the <b>Cell size X</b> and <b>Cell size Y</b> values. +Increasing the number of rows or colums will decrease the cell size and increase the file size of the output file. The values in Rows and Columns +are also linked, so doubling the number of rows will automatically double the number of columns and the cell sizes will also be halved. The geographical area of the output raster will remain the same!</p> + +<h4>Cell size X and Y</h4> +<p>Control the geographic size of each pixel in the output raster. Changing these values will also change the number of Rows and Columns in the output + raster.</p> + +<h4>Kernel shape</h4> +<p>The kernel shape controls the rate at which the influence of a point decreases as the distance from the point increases. Different kernels decay at +different rates, so a triweight kernel gives features greater weight for distances closer to the point then the Epanechnikov kernel does. Consequently, +triweight results in "sharper" hotspots, and Epanechnikov results in "smoother" hotspots. A number of standard kernel functions are available in QGIS, +which are described and illustrated on <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kernel_(statistics)#Kernel_functions_in_common_use">Wikipedia</a>.</p> + +<h4>Decay ratio</h4> +<p>For triangular kernels, the decay ratio defines amount of influence that applies to the outermost pixels in the buffer radius. A value of 0 reflects a standard triangular kernel, where the influences drops to zero as the distance from the pixel to the point approaches the specified radius. In contrast, a value of 1 indicates that no falloff occurs as the distance from the point increases.</p> + +<h4>Use radius from field</h4> +<p>Optionally, the value in a specified field can be used to control the kernel radius for each point in the input layer.</p> + +<h4>Use weight from field</h4> +<p>Optionally, a attribute containing weights for points can be used to weight some points in the input layer more than others.</p> + +<h2>Further Details</h2> +<p>Contact the author through aruntheguy at gmail dot com</p> + + + + + + + <h3>Save vector layer as...</h3> + +<p>This dialog allows you to save vector data in various formats using GDAL/OGR. + +<ul> +<li>From the <label>Format</label> list you can select the destination format (as advertised by OGR). +<li>At <label>Save as</label> you can enter a destination files name or select one using the <label>Browse</label> button. +<li>In the <label>Encoding</label> list you can define in which encoding the data should be saved. +<li>Using the <label>CRS</label> you can select a CRS into which the data about to be saved should be reprojected. +<li>OGR also has various options for the different formats it supports. Use the <label>datasource</label> creation field to set the datasource options and the <label>layer</label> creation options. Enter one options per line (e.g. <code>SPATIALITE=yes</code> in the <label>datasource</label> to create a spatialite database using the SQLite driver). +</ul> + +See <a href="http://gdal.org/ogr/ogr_formats.html">OGR Vector formats</a> for a list of supported formats and the available options. + + + + + + <h3>Print Composer</h3> + +<p> +The print composer lets you arrange items onto a page, which can then be printed. Items include the content of the map canvas, the scale bar, the legend, and arbitrary images. +</p> + +<p> +Click on one of the icons along the top of the composer window to select what type of item to place on the page, then click and draw on the page to place the item. The size of some items, such as the map canvas and scale bar can be set by clicking and dragging on the page. Other items have a fixed size, but which can be changed later on by highlighting the item and then adjusting the size fields in the left hand pane. + +</p> + + + <h3>Skladateľ výstupov pre tlač</h3> + +<p> +Skladateľ tlačových výstupov vám dovolí rozmiestniť/rozvrhnúť jednotlivé položky na stránku ktorú možno potom vytlačiť. Položkami sú obsah mapového plánta, grafická mierka, legenda, voliteľné obrázky. +</p> + +<p> +Kliknitím na jednu z ikon v hornej časti okna Skladateľa vyberiete tým položku, ktorú chcete umiestniť na stránku a následným nakreslením na stránku ju umiestnite na stránke. Veľkosť položiek ako je mapa a grafická mierka možno nastaviť kliknutím a ťahaním priamo na strane. Ďalšie položky majú pevnú veľkosť, tá však môže byť neskôr zmenená vybratím (označením) príslušnej položky a zmenou veľkosti na paneli vpravo. +</p> + + + + + + <h3>Python Plugin Installer</h3> +Downloads and installs plugins from remote repositories. +<br/><br/> +<a href="#pltab">Plugins tab</a><br/> +<a href="#retab">Repositories tab</a><br/> +<a href="#optab">Options tab</a><br/> + +<a name="pltab"> +<h4>Plugins tab</h4> +</a> + +<p align='justify'> +The <label>Plugins</label> tab contains a list of all locally installed Python plugins, as well as plugins available in +remote repositories. Each plugin can be either: +<dl> +<dt>not installed</dt><dd>this means the plugin is available in the repository, but is not installed yet. In order to install it, select the plugin from the list and click the <label>Install plugin</label> button.</dd> +<dt>new</dt><dd>this means that the plugin is newly available in the repository.</dd> +<dt>installed</dt><dd>this indicates that the plugin is already installed. If it is also available in any repository the <label>Reinstall plugin</label> button will be enabled. If the available version is older than the installed version, the <label>Downgrade plugin</label> button will appear instead.</dd> +<dt>upgradeable</dt><dd>this means that the plugin is installed, but there is an updated version available. In this case, the <label>Upgrade plugin</label> button will be enabled.</dd> +<dt>invalid</dt><dd>this means that the plugin is installed, but is unavailable or broken. The reason will be explained in the plugin description field.</dd> +</dl> +</p> + +To install a plugin, select it from the list and click the <label>Install plugin</label> button. The plugin is installed in its own directory in: +<table border=1> +<tr><th>OS</th><th>system plugins</th><th>plugins installed by user</th></tr> +<tr><td>Linux and other unices</td><td>./share/qgis/python/plugins</td><td rowspan=2>$HOME/qgis/python/plugins</td></tr> +<tr><td>Mac OS X</td><td>./Contents/MacOS/share/qgis/python/plugins</td></tr> +<tr><td>Windows</td><td>(QGIS install directory)&#92;python&#92;plugins</td><td>%USERPROFILE%&#92;.qgis&#92;python&#92;plugins</td></tr> +</table> +<br/> + +<p align='justify'> +If the installation is successful, a confirmation message will appear. The plugin is ready to use. +</p> + +<p align='justify'> +If the installation fails, the reason for the failure will be displayed in a warning dialog. Most often, errors are the result of connection problems and/or missing Python modules. In the former case you will likely need to wait before trying the install again, in the latter case, you should install the missing modules relevant to your operating system prior to using the plugin. For Linux, most required modules should be available via a package manager. For install instructions in Windows visit the module home page. If you are using a proxy, you may need to configure it under <label>Edit</label> > <label>Options</label> (Gnome, OSX) or <label>Settings</label> > <label>Options</label> (KDE, Windows) on the <label>Proxy</label> tab.</p> + +<p align='justify'> +The <label>Uninstall plugin</label> button is enabled only if the selected plugin is installed and is not a core plugin. Note that if you have installed an update to a core plugin, you can uninstall this update with the <label>Uninstall plugin</label> and revert to the version shipped with Quantum GIS. This default version however, cannot be uninstalled.</p> + +<a name="retab"> +<h4>Repositories tab</h4> +</a> +<p align='justify'> +The second tab <label>Repositories</label>, contains a list of plugin repositories available for the Plugin Installer. By default, only the QGIS Official Repository is enabled. You can add several user-contributed repositories, including the central QGIS Contributed Repository and other external repositories by clicking the <label>Add 3rd party repositories</label> button. The added repositories contain a large number of useful plugins which are not maintained by the QGIS Development Team. As such, we cannot take any responsibility for them. You can also manage the repository list manually, that is add, remove, and edit the entries. Temporarily disabling a particular repository is possible by clicking the <label>Edit...</label> button.</p> + +<a name="optab"> +<h4>Options tab</h4> +</a> +<p align='justify'> +The <label>Options</label> tab is where you can configure the settings of the Plugin Installer. The <label>x Check for updates on start up</label> check box tells QGIS to automatically look for plugin updates and news. By default, if this feature is enabled all repositories listed and enabled in the <label>Repositories</label> tab are checked for updates each time the program is started. The frequency of update checking can be adjusted using the drop down menu, and may be adjusted from once a day right up to once a month. If a new plugin or update is available for one of the installed plugins, a notification will appear in the Status Bar. If the check box is disabled, looking for updates and news is performed only when the Plugin Installer is manually launched from the menu.</p> + +<p align='justify'> +Some Internet connections will cause problems when attempting to automatically check for updates. In these cases, a <i>Looking for new plugins...</i> indicator will remain visible in the Status Bar during your entire QGIS session, and may cause a program crash when exiting. In this case please disable the check box.</p> + +In addition, you may specify the type of plugins that are displayed by the Plugin Installer. Under <i>Allowed plugins</i>, you can specify whether you would like to: +<ul> +<li> Only show plugins from the official repository</li> +<li> Show all plugins except those marked as experimental,</li> +<li> or Show all plugins, even those marked as experimental.</li> +</ul> + +<br/> +<table border=1 width='95%' align='center'><tr><td> +Note: Experimental plugins are generally unsuitable for production use. These plugins are in the early stages of development, and should be considered "incomplete" or "proof of concept" tools. The QGIS development team does not recommend installing these plugins unless you intend to use them for testing purposes. +</td></tr></table> + + + + + + <h3>Style Manager</h3> + + + + + + <h3>Custom Coordinate Reference System Definition</h3> +If QGIS does not provide the coordinate reference system you need, you can define a custom CRS. <p> +To define a CRS, select <label>Custom CRS</label> from the <label>Edit</label> (Gnome, OSX) or <label>Settings</label> (KDE, Windows) menu. Custom CRS are stored in your QGIS user database. In addition to your custom CRS, this database also contains your spatial bookmarks and other custom data. + +<h4>Define</h4> +To create a new CRS, click the <label>New</label> button and enter: +<ul> +<li>descriptive name +<li>CRS parameters +</ul> +After that you can save your CRS by clicking the button <label>Save</label>. +<p> +Note that the Parameters must begin with a +proj=-block, to represent the new coordinate reference +system. +<p> +Defining a custom CRS in QGIS requires a good understanding of the Proj.4 projection library. To begin, refer to the <a href="ftp://ftp.remotesensing.org/proj/OF90-284.pdf">Cartographic Projection Procedures for the UNIX Environment</a> - A User's Manual by Gerald I. Evenden, U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report 90-284, 1990. This manual describes the use of the <i>proj.4</i> and related command line utilities. The cartographic parameters used with <i>proj.4</i> are described in the user manual, and are the same as those used by QGIS. + + + + + + <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> + <title>Help Python Console</title> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> + + <style> + body{ + font-family: 'Trebuchet MS', sans-serif; + font-size : 12px; + } + #header{ + background: #f6f6f6; + border-bottom: 3px solid #000; + width: 100%; + } + #headerTool td{ + background: #f6f6f6; + /*width: 100%;*/ + } + ._titleP { + padding: 5px; + font-size: 15px; + font-weight: bold; + color: #000; + } + ._title { + font-size: 20px; + font-weight: bold; + color: #000; + } + </style> +</head> +<body> + <table id="header"> + <tr> + <td> + <img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/imgHelpDialog.png" /> + </td> + <td> + <span class="_title">Python Console for QGIS</span> + </td> + </tr> + </table> + <table> + <tr> + <td> + <p align="justify"> + Python Console based on PyQScintilla2. + <br><br> + To access the QGIS environment from this console + use qgis.utils.iface object (instance of QgisInterface class). + To import the class QgisInterface can also use the dedicated + button on the toolbar on the left. + </p> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/imgHelpConsole.png" /></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + <p align="justify"> + The console is split in two main panes, output and input areas. + Both are resizable by using the horizontal splitter. + Output area pane is a widget read-only which shows the commands output. + You can drag and drop or copy text into input area + (no matter if selected text contains >>> or ...). + Use 'Share on codepad' from contextual menu for sharing snippets code. + The context menu looks like the image below. + <img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/imgHelpMenu.png"><br> + Input area pane is the interactive python shell for input commands. + </p> + </td> + </tr> + </table> + <table id="header"> + <tr> + <td> + <span class="_titleP">Features</span> + </td> + </tr> + </table> + <p align="justify"> + <ul> + <li>Auto-completion and highlighting syntax for the following APIs: + <ol> + <li>Python</li> + <li>PyQGIS-master</li> + <li>PyQt4</li> + <li>QScintilla2</li> + <li>osgeo-gdal-ogr</li> + </ol> + </li> + <br> + <li>CTRL+SPACE to view the auto-completion list.</li> + <br> + <li>CTRL+ALT+SPACE to view the command history list.</li> + <br> + <li>Open QGIS API documentation by typing '_api'.</li> + <br> + <li>Open PyQGIS Cookbook by typing '_pyqgis'.</li> + <br> + <li>Saves the command history by typing '_save' or closing the widget. + This command saves the history command in the file ~/.qgis2/console_history.txt</li> + <br> + <li>Clears the command history by typing <b>_clear</b>. + This command clears the command history from file ~/.qgis2/console_history.txt</li> + <br> + <li>Clears completely command history by typing '_clearAll'. + This command clears completely the command history. It has an irreversible effect.</li> + </ul> + </p> + <table id="header"> + <tr> + <td> + <span class="_titleP">Toolbar</span> + </td> + </tr> + </table> + <p>The following is a description of the tools in the toolbar:</p> + <table width="100%" border="0" id="headerTool"> + <tr> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconClearConsole.png" /></td> + <td colspan="2">Tool to clear python console</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconClassConsole.png" /></td> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconIfaceConsole.png" /></td> + <td>Tool to import iface class</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td></td> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconSextanteConsole.png" /></td> + <td>Tool to import Sextante class</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td></td> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconQtCoreConsole.png" /></td> + <td>Tool to import PyQt4.QtCore class</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td></td> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconQtGuiConsole.png" /></td> + <td>Tool to import PyQt4.QtGui class</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconScriptConsole.png" /></td> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconOpenConsole.png" /></td> + <td>Tool to open a python script and load in console</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td></td> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconSaveConsole.png" /></td> + <td>Tool to save a python script</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconSettingsConsole.png" /></td> + <td colspan="2">Settings</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconHelpConsole.png" /></td> + <td colspan="2">Help</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="qrc:/images/themes/default/console/iconRunConsole.png" /></td> + <td colspan="2">Run command (like Enter key pressed)</td> + </tr> + </table> +</body> +</html> + + + + + + <h3>Options</h3> +This dialog allows you to select some basic options for QGIS. There are eight tabs: +<p> + +<a href="#general">General</a><br/> +<a href="#ren">Rendering & SVG</a><br/> +<a href="#map">Map tools</a><br/> +<a href="#over">Overlay</a><br/> +<a href="#digit">Digitizing</a><br/> +<a href="#crs">CRS</a><br/> +<a href="#loc">Locale</a><br/> +<a href="#net">Network & Proxy</a><br/> + +<a name="general"> +<h4>General</h4> +</a> +On this tab you can set general options for project behavior on opening/saving, default map appearance, your favorite icon theme and many others. +<a name="ren"> +<h4>Rendering & SVG</h4> +</a> +Within this tab you can set general rendering options for map layers.<br> +By default, QGIS renders all visible layers whenever the map canvas must be refreshed. The events that trigger a refresh of the map canvas include: +<ul> +<li>Adding a layer +<li>Panning or zooming +<li>Resizing the QGIS window +<li>Changing the visibility of a layer or layers +</ul> +QGIS allows you to control the rendering process in a number of ways:<p> +You can set an option to always load new layers without drawing them.<br> +This means the layer will be added to the map, but its visibility check box in the legend will be unchecked by default. To set this option, uncheck the <label>By default new layers added to the map should be displayed</label> check box.<p> +You can set an option to update the map display as features are drawn. <br> +By default, QGIS does not display any features for a layer until the entire layer has been rendered. To update the display as features are read from the data store, set the <label>Number of features to draw before updating the display</label> to an appropriate value. Setting a value of 0 disables update during drawing (this is the default). Setting a value too low will result in poor performance as the map canvas is continually updated during the reading of the features. A suggested value to start with is 500. +<a name="map"> +<h4>Map tools</h4> +</a> +<h5>Identify</h5> +The <label>Mode</label> setting determines which layers will be shown by the <label>Identify</label> tool. By switching to <label>Top down</label> instead of <label>Current layer</label> attributes for all identifiable layers will be shown with the <label>Identify</label> tool. +<h5>Measure tool</h5> +Here you can set an ellipsoid for distance calculations, measurement units and preferred color of rubber band. +<h5>Panning and zooming</h5> +Allows to define mouse wheel action and zoom factor. +<a name="over"> +<h4>Overlay</h4> +</a> +Define placement algorithm for labels. Choose between <label>central point (fastest)</label>, <label>chain (fast)</label>, <label>popmusic tabu chain (slow)</label>, <label>popmusic tabu (slow)</label> and <label>popmusic chain (very slow)</label>. + +<a name="digit"> +<h4>Digitizing</h4> +</a> +<h5>Rubber band</h5> +In the <label>Digitizing</label> tab you can define settings for digitizing line width and color. +<h5>Snapping</h5> +Here you can define a general, project wide snapping tolerance. <p> +You can select between <label>To vertex</label>, <label>To segment</label> or <label>To vertex and segment</label> as default snap mode. You can also define a default snapping tolerance and a search radius for vertex edits. The tolerance can be set either in map units or in pixels. The advantage of choosing pixels, is that the snapping tolerance doesn't have to be changed after zoom operations.<p> +A layer based snapping tolerance can be defined by choosing <label>Settings</label> (or <label>File</label>) > <label>Project Properties...</label>. In the <label>General</label> tab, section <label>Digitize</label> you can click on <label>Snapping options...</label> to enable and adjust snapping mode and tolerance on a layer basis. +<h5>Vertex markers</h5> +You can define marker style as <label>Semi transparent circle</label>, <label>Cross</label> or <label>None</label> and size; you can also set showing markers only for selected features. +<h5>Enter attribute values</h5> +By default, after digitizing a new feature, QGIS asks you to enter attribute values for that feature. Ticking <label>Suppress attributes pop-up windows after each created feature</label> allows you to enter the attributes later. +<a name="crs"> +<h4>CRS</h4> +</a> +QGIS no longer sets the map CRS to the coordinate reference system of the first layer loaded. When you start a QGIS session with layers that do not have a CRS, you need to check and define the CRS definition for these layers. This can be done globally on this tab.<p> +The global default CRS <i>proj=longlat +ellps=WGS84 +datum=WGS84 +no_defs</i> comes predefined in QGIS but can of course be changed, and the new definition will be saved for subsequent QGIS sessions. +<a name="lov"> +<h4>Locale</h4> +</a> +Informs you about active system locale. To change it tick <label>Override system locale</label> and restart QGIS. +<a name="net"> +<h4>Network & Proxy</h4> +</a> +Tick <label>Use proxy for web access</label> to define host, port, user, and password. + + + + + + <h3>Create a New SQL Anywhere Connection</h3> +This dialog allows you to define the settings for a connection to a +SQL Anywhere database. +<p> +<ul> +<li> <label>Name</label> A name to identify the connection settings. + +<li> <label>Host</label> Name or IP address of the computer hosting the database server (leave blank for local connections). + +<li> <label>Port</label> IP port used by the database server (leave blank for local connections or to use default port 2638). + +<li> <label>Server</label> Name of the database server (leave blank for default server on host). + +<li> <label>Database</label> Name of the database (leave blank for default database on server). + +<li> <label>Connection Parameters</label> Additional parameters to add to the connection string (semi-colon delimitted list). See the SQL Anywhere documentation for a list and description of available connection parameters. + +<li> <label>Username</label> Database user name. +<li> <label>Password</label> Database password. + +<li> <label>Save Username</label> Indicates whether to save the database user name in the connection configuration. + +<li> <label>Save Password</label> Indicates whether to save the database password in the connection settings. <em>Passwords are saved in <strong>clear text</strong> in the system configuration!</em> + +<li> <label>Simple Encryption</label> Secure the connection to the database using simple encryption. + +<li> <label>Estimate table metadata</label> When initializing layers, various queries may be needed to establish the characteristics of the geometries stored in the database table. When this option is checked, these queries examine only a sample of the rows, rather than the entire table. This can significantly speed up layer initialization, but may result in incorrect characterization of layers containing heterogenous types. + +<li> <label>Search other users' tables</label> Indicates that the layer list should be populated from all layers stored in the database. When unchecked (the default), only layers stored in tables owned by the connected user are displayed. + +</ul> + + + + + + <h3>Finding shortest path</h3> +<p>Road graph is a C++ plugin for QGIS, that calculates the shortest path between two points on any line layer and plots this path over the road network. Before using the plugin to configure it. This can be done in the menu <label>Plugins &rarr; Road graph &rarr; Settings</label></p> +<p> +<a href="#howto">How to</a><br/> +</p> + +<a name="howto"> +<h4>How to</h4> +</a> +<p>You can select start and end points with the select buttons next to the fields. +Pressing the <label>Calculate</label> button will run the shortest path calculation using the optimization criterion selected in the <label>Criterion</label> combobox. The <label>Export</label> button allow you to export a calculated path to a new vector layer, and the button <label>Clear</label> will erase all fields and remove the points and calculated path from map canvas.</p> + +<h5>Note</h5> +<p>In order to bind the start and stop points of the route to the road network Road graph selects the nearest point or arc of the graph. In fact it can bind to any part of the road network. Nevertheless, their route and its characteristics do not take into account the distance from the starting point to the road network and of the road network to the stopping point.</p> + + + + + + <h3>Create a New Oracle Connection</h3> +This dialog allows you to define the settings for a connection to a Oracle database. +<p> +<ul> +<li> <label>Name</label> A name to identify the connection settings. + +<li> <label>Database</label> SID or SERVICE_NAME of the Oracle instance. + +<li> <label>Host</label> Name or IP address of the computer hosting the database server + +<li> <label>Port</label> IP port used by the database server + +<li> <label>Username</label> Database user name. +<li> <label>Password</label> Database password. + +<li> <label>Save Username</label> Indicates whether to save the database user name in the connection configuration. + +<li> <label>Save Password</label> Indicates whether to save the database password in the connection settings. <font color="red">Passwords are saved in <strong>clear text</strong> in the system configuration and in the project files!</font> + +<li> <label>Only look in meta data table</label> Restricts the displayed tables to those that are in the all_sdo_geom_metadata view. This can speed up the initial display of spatial tables. + +<li> <label>Only look for user's tables</label> When searching for spatial tables restrict the search to tables that are owner by the user. + +<li> <label>Also list tables with no geometry</label> Indicates that tables without geometry should also be listed by default. + +<li> <label>Use estimated table statistics for the layer metadata</label> When +the layer is setup various metadata is required for the Oracle table. This +includes information such as the table row count, geometry type and spatial +extents of the data in the geometry column. If the table contains a large +number of rows determining this metadata is time consuming. By activating this +option the following fast table metadata operations are done: Row count is +determined from all_tables.num_rows. Table extents are always determined with +the SDO_TUNE.EXTENTS_OF function even if a layer filter is applied. The table +geometry is determined from the first 100 non-null geometry rows in the table. + +<li> <label>Only existing geometry types</label> Only list the existing +geometry types and don't offer to add others. + +</ul> + + + + diff --git a/scripts/tsstat.pl b/scripts/tsstat.pl index e23eaca2315..fff5239a35f 100755 --- a/scripts/tsstat.pl +++ b/scripts/tsstat.pl @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ my $translators= { pt_PT => 'Giovanni Manghi, Joana Simoes, Duarte Carreira, Alexandre Neto, Pedro Pereira, Pedro Palheiro, Nelson Silva', ro => 'Lonut Losifescu-Enescu, Bogdan Pacurar', ru => 'Artem Popov', - sk => 'Lubos Balazovic', + sk => 'Lubos Balazovic, Jana Kormanikova, Ivan Mincik', sl_SI => 'Jože Detečnik, Dejan Gregor', sq_AL => '', sr_Cyrl => 'Goran Ivanković',